WO2017038147A1 - Method and device for manufacturing sheet-shaped member for absorbent article - Google Patents

Method and device for manufacturing sheet-shaped member for absorbent article Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017038147A1
WO2017038147A1 PCT/JP2016/061063 JP2016061063W WO2017038147A1 WO 2017038147 A1 WO2017038147 A1 WO 2017038147A1 JP 2016061063 W JP2016061063 W JP 2016061063W WO 2017038147 A1 WO2017038147 A1 WO 2017038147A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sheet
roll
feeding device
value
feeding
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/061063
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
竹内 賢治
Original Assignee
ユニ・チャーム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ユニ・チャーム株式会社 filed Critical ユニ・チャーム株式会社
Priority to CN201680050450.9A priority Critical patent/CN107920927B/en
Priority to BR112018003452-5A priority patent/BR112018003452B1/en
Priority to EA201800123A priority patent/EA031592B1/en
Priority to KR1020187007621A priority patent/KR101896878B1/en
Priority to EP16841179.1A priority patent/EP3342383A4/en
Publication of WO2017038147A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017038147A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/15577Apparatus or processes for manufacturing
    • A61F13/15699Forming webs by bringing together several webs, e.g. by laminating or folding several webs, with or without additional treatment of the webs
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/15577Apparatus or processes for manufacturing
    • A61F13/15707Mechanical treatment, e.g. notching, twisting, compressing, shaping
    • A61F13/15747Folding; Pleating; Coiling; Stacking; Packaging
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/15577Apparatus or processes for manufacturing
    • A61F13/15764Transferring, feeding or handling devices; Drives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/15203Properties of the article, e.g. stiffness or absorbency
    • A61F2013/15243Properties of the article, e.g. stiffness or absorbency printed or coloured, e.g. to match skin

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a sheet-like member and an apparatus for manufacturing absorbent articles such as disposable diapers.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses the following method as an example of a method for manufacturing the sheet-like member 1a '.
  • a predetermined product pitch P3 ' is virtually set in the first sheet 3a' so as to correspond to each diaper in the continuous direction of the first sheet 3a '.
  • the absorbers 4 ', 4',... are fixed to the first sheet 3a 'at the product pitch P3' in the continuous direction.
  • the first sheet 3a ' is conveyed by the conveying device 11' with the continuous direction as the conveying direction.
  • the second sheet 5a ′ is basically carried into the production line LM ′ in the state of the sheet roll 5ar ′, but before being wound into the state of the sheet roll 5ar ′, the second sheet 5a ′ is loaded on the sheet 5a ′.
  • display elements such as illustrations are formed at a printing pitch P5 ′ smaller than the product pitch P3 ′.
  • the delivery device 51 ′ has the display element placement target position on the first sheet 3 ′ determined based on the product pitch P3 ′ so that the display elements of the second sheet 5a ′ are arranged at the product pitch P3 ′.
  • the extension state of the second sheet 5a ′ is changed so that the display elements are positioned, whereby the second sheet 5a ′ is in an appropriate arrangement state in which each display element corresponds to the product pitch P3 ′ of the first sheet 3a ′.
  • the first sheet 3a ′ is overlaid and fixed.
  • a so-called dancer roll DNC ′ is disposed at a position between the feeding device 21 ′ and the feeding device 51 ′ in the conveyance path of the second sheet 5a ′.
  • seat 5a ' is detected by winding this dancer roll DNC' around the 2nd sheet
  • the dancer roll DNC ′ is lifted up to the second sheet 5a ′ so that the dancer roll DNC ′
  • the feeding speed value Vunw ′ of the feeding device 21 ′ is increased so that the position of the dancer roll DNC ′ returns to the above-mentioned prescribed position, whereby the tension varies. Adjusted to previous value.
  • the dancer roll DNC ′ cannot support the weight of the dancer roll DNC ′ with the second sheet 5a ′. Is lowered from the specified position.
  • the feeding speed value Vunw ′ of the feeding device 21 ′ is decreased so that the position of the dancer roll DNC ′ returns to the prescribed position. The tension is adjusted to the value before the change.
  • the fluctuation in the tension of the second sheet 5a ′ that can be caused by the change in the stretched state performed by the feeding device 51 ′ is moved upstream in the transport direction.
  • the fluctuation can be reduced based on the control of the feeding speed value Vunw ′. Therefore, the second sheet 5a 'in which the variation in tension is suppressed can be sent to the feeding device 51', which can also contribute to improving the accuracy of positioning the display element to the above-described arrangement target position.
  • the dancer roll DNC ′ detects a variation in the tension of the second sheet 5a ′ based on reciprocal movement in a predetermined direction. That is, the dancer roll DNC ′ translates in the reciprocating direction in accordance with the change in tension. Then, with this movement, the force due to the inertia of the dancer roll DNC ′ can act on the second sheet 5a ′, and as a result, a new fluctuation is caused in the tension of the second sheet 5a ′. There is a fear.
  • the dancer roll DNC ′ in a stopped state starts to move
  • the force due to the inertia can act on the second sheet 5a ′ in the direction opposite to the moving direction, and thereby the second sheet 5a ′
  • the dancer roll DNC ′ in the moving state stops
  • the inertia-induced force can act on the second sheet 5a ′ in the moving direction, thereby
  • the tension of the two sheets 5a ′ may fluctuate.
  • the second sheet 5a ′ is sent to the feeding device 51 ′ in a state in which the variation in tension is not effectively suppressed, and this is the alignment to the above-described arrangement target position. The contribution to improving the accuracy can be reduced.
  • the display elements of the second sheet 5a ′ are arranged with the product pitch P3 ′ and the like, and the display elements of the second sheet 5a ′ are placed at the display element arrangement target positions on the first sheet 3a ′ with high accuracy. Positioning may be hindered.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the conventional problems as described above, and the object thereof is to make display elements such as illustrations of the second sheet lined up at a first pitch such as a product pitch, and so on.
  • the second sheet is placed on the first sheet and can be fixed with high accuracy so that the display element is positioned at the target position of the display element on the first sheet determined based on one pitch.
  • the main invention for achieving the above object is: A method for producing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article by stacking and fixing a continuous first sheet and a continuous second sheet while aligning each other's continuous direction, In the first sheet, a predetermined first pitch is set in correspondence with the absorbent article in the continuous direction of the first sheet, Before the second sheet is wound up in the continuous direction of the second sheet to be in a sheet roll state, the second sheet is displayed at a second pitch smaller than the first pitch in the continuous direction.
  • a feeding device for feeding out the second sheet from the sheet roll;
  • a feeding device that feeds the second sheet that is fed out and transported with the continuous direction as the transport direction, to a merging position of the transport path of the first sheet;
  • the first sensor outputs a value corresponding to the force applied from the second sheet to the middle roll, and based on the value, the feeding device feeds the second sheet from the sheet roll.
  • the display elements on the first sheet are determined so that the display elements of the second sheet conveyed in the conveyance direction are arranged at the first pitch and based on the first pitch.
  • the feeding device changes an extension state of the second sheet in the transport direction so that the display element is positioned at a target position.
  • An apparatus for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article by overlapping and fixing a continuous first sheet and a continuous second sheet while aligning each other's continuous direction, In the first sheet, a predetermined first pitch is set in correspondence with the absorbent article in the continuous direction of the first sheet, Before the second sheet is wound up in the continuous direction of the second sheet to be in a sheet roll state, the second sheet is displayed at a second pitch smaller than the first pitch in the continuous direction.
  • a feeding device for feeding out the second sheet from the sheet roll;
  • a delivery device for delivering the second sheet that is fed out and conveyed with the continuous direction as a conveyance direction, to a joining position of a conveyance path of the first sheet;
  • Three rolls rotatably supported at a fixed position between the feeding device and the feeding device in the transport direction; In a state where the second sheet is wound around the three rolls, a first value is output according to the force applied from the second sheet to the middle roll of the three rolls.
  • the feeding device performs a feeding operation of the second sheet from the sheet roll based on the value
  • the feeding device is configured to determine the first sheet so that the display elements of the second sheet conveyed in the conveying direction are arranged at the first pitch while feeding the second sheet and based on the first pitch.
  • display elements such as illustrations of the second sheet are displayed at the arrangement target position of the display elements on the first sheet determined based on the first pitch so that the display elements are arranged at the first pitch such as the product pitch.
  • the second sheet can be overlapped and fixed on the first sheet with high accuracy so that the element is positioned.
  • FIG. 2A is a schematic plan view of the absorbent main body 1 viewed from the non-skin side
  • FIG. 2B is a cross-sectional view taken along the line BB in FIG. 2A.
  • It is a schematic plan view of the continuous body 1a of the absorptive main body which becomes the origin of the absorptive main body 1.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic plan view of a continuous sheet 5a of a back sheet on which a plurality of illustrations IL, IL... Are printed in a continuous direction at a printing pitch P5 in another factory or the like. It is a schematic plan view of the backsheet continuous sheet 5a on which the illustration ILa is printed in a narrow range in one point.
  • FIG. 8A is a schematic plan view of an upstream portion in the conveying direction in the processing system L5a of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet of the present embodiment
  • FIG. 8B is an apparatus 21 in the upstream portion of the processing system L5a.
  • 31 is a schematic plan view of an example in which the arrangement of 31 is different from the above-described embodiment.
  • a method for producing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article by stacking and fixing a continuous first sheet and a continuous second sheet while aligning each other's continuous direction,
  • a predetermined first pitch is set in correspondence with the absorbent article in the continuous direction of the first sheet,
  • the second sheet is displayed at a second pitch smaller than the first pitch in the continuous direction.
  • a feeding device for feeding out the second sheet from the sheet roll A feeding device that feeds the second sheet that is fed out and transported with the continuous direction as the transport direction, to a merging position of the transport path of the first sheet;
  • the first sensor outputs a value corresponding to the force applied from the second sheet to the middle roll, and based on the value, the feeding device feeds the second sheet from the sheet roll.
  • the display elements on the first sheet are determined so that the display elements of the second sheet conveyed in the conveyance direction are arranged at the first pitch and based on the first pitch.
  • the feeding device changes an extension state of the second sheet in the transport direction so that the display element is positioned at a target position.
  • a value corresponding to the force applied from the second sheet to the middle roll among the three rolls is output from the first sensor. Is done. Based on the value, the feeding device performs the feeding operation of the second sheet from the sheet roll.
  • This force is a force that increases and decreases in conjunction with the increase and decrease of the tension of the second sheet. It can be an indicator. Therefore, if the feeding operation is performed based on the value corresponding to the force as described above, the fluctuation in the tension of the second sheet that can be caused by the change in the extension state of the second sheet by the feeding device can be reduced. .
  • tensile_strength was suppressed can be sent to a sending-out apparatus.
  • the above three rolls are supported at fixed positions, and these rolls hardly move except for rotation. That is, basically no translation is performed. Therefore, the above-mentioned problem that may occur when at least one of these rolls moves in translation, that is, a change in new tension occurs in the second sheet due to the inertial force of the roll accompanying the translation.
  • the second sheet can be sent to the feeding device in a state in which the above-described tension variation is suppressed. As a result, the feeding device can change the extension state of the second sheet with high accuracy.
  • the feeding device is configured such that the display element of the second sheet has the first pitch.
  • the second sheet can be superimposed and fixed on the first sheet with high accuracy so that the display element is positioned at the target position of the display element on the first sheet determined based on the first pitch. Become.
  • the feeding device includes a rotation shaft portion, and a drive source that is connected to the rotation shaft portion and applies rotational force to the rotation shaft portion to drive and rotate the rotation shaft portion.
  • the rotary shaft is driven based on the value of the first sensor in a state where the rotary shaft is inserted into a through-hole in the center of the sheet roll and the sheet roll is supported by the rotary shaft. It is desirable that the feeding operation is performed by rotating.
  • the second sheet is fed out from the sheet roll by driving and rotating the rotating shaft portion inserted into the through hole in the central portion of the sheet roll. Therefore, for example, the belt member that rubs the outer peripheral surface of the sheet roll, that is, a problem that may occur when the second sheet is fed out from the sheet roll by driving the belt member that contacts the outer peripheral surface of the sheet roll.
  • the feeding device can feed the second sheet toward the feeding device in a state in which wrinkles and slack are substantially suppressed, and this is also displayed on the arrangement target position performed by the feeding device described above. Contributes to improving the accuracy of element alignment.
  • a method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article It is desirable that the feeding operation of the feeding device is performed so that a value related to the tension indicated by the value of the first sensor approaches a prescribed first target value.
  • the feeding operation of the feeding device is performed so that the value relating to the tension indicated by the value of the first sensor approaches the prescribed first target value. Is done. Therefore, the fluctuation in the tension of the second sheet that can be caused by the change in the extension state of the second sheet by the feeding device can be reliably reduced by the feeding operation of the feeding device.
  • a method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article The first sheet is so stretched in the conveying direction that the second sheet is at the middle roll position, rather than in the middle roll, after the stretching ratio of the second sheet has been changed by the feeding device. It is desirable that the target value is set.
  • the variation in stretchability of the second sheet in which the sheet roll can be contained can be reduced when the sheet roll is fed out.
  • the extension state of the second sheet can be changed with high accuracy. Details are as follows. In general, when the second sheet is wound into a sheet roll state, the second sheet is wound while being stretched by applying tension in the continuous direction. In that case, from the viewpoint of improving the winding property.
  • the tension value as the normal tension value is appropriately changed to a value suitable for the winding process, and as a result, the tension value is not constant.
  • the extension state of the second sheet differs depending on each position in the continuous direction of the second sheet, and if the sheet is left for a while in such a different extension state,
  • the stretchability of the sheet can vary. That is, the second sheet can be in a state having a portion that is easily stretchable and a portion that is difficult to stretch in the continuous direction. And, when the stretched state of the second sheet is changed by the above-described feeding device while maintaining the variation in stretchability in this way, the variation is affected by the variation, and as a result, the stretched state There is a risk that changes cannot be made with high accuracy.
  • the expansion ratio of the second sheet at the position of the middle roll relating to feeding is larger than the expansion ratio of the second sheet after the expansion state is changed by the feeding device.
  • the first target value is set. Therefore, in the above-described feeding, the second sheet can be extended so that the pitch of the display elements arranged on the second sheet fed from the sheet roll is larger than the first pitch.
  • the feeding device subsequently changes the extension state of the second sheet, the second sheet expands and contracts at least in the range until the pitch at which the display elements are arranged becomes the first pitch.
  • the variation in sex is small. That is, the variation is in a smoothed state. Therefore, the feeding device can change the extended state in the conveyance direction of the second sheet in a state where the influence of the variation in stretchability is reduced, and thus the change can be performed with high accuracy.
  • a method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article The second sheet is conveyed from the delivery device to the merging position along a predetermined direction in plan view, In the arrangement position of the three rolls, the second sheet is conveyed along an intersecting direction intersecting the predetermined direction in a plan view, The second sheet is wound around a rod-shaped member disposed at a position between the three rolls and the feeding device in the transport direction, so that the transport direction of the second sheet is changed from the intersecting direction. It is desirable to change in the predetermined direction.
  • the conveying direction of the second sheet can be changed from the intersecting direction to the predetermined direction in plan view by the rod-like member. Therefore, the three rolls can be arranged at a position deviating from the feeding device with respect to the crossing direction intersecting the predetermined direction connecting the feeding device and the joining position in plan view. And thereby, the full length dimension of the apparatus group provided to this manufacturing method can be shortened regarding the said predetermined direction, As a result, the said apparatus group can be made compact.
  • a tension adjusting device for adjusting the tension in the transport direction of the second sheet is disposed at a position between the three rolls and the feeding device in the transport direction,
  • the tension adjusting device includes three rolls rotatably supported at a fixed position, and a driving roll disposed upstream of the middle roll of the three rolls in the transport direction,
  • the drive roll that rotates to drive the second sheet in contact with the second sheet and send the second sheet downstream in the transport direction;
  • the fluctuation in the tension of the second sheet that may be caused by the change in the extension state of the second sheet by the feeding device is reduced by the feeding operation of the feeding device.
  • it can be reduced by the tension adjusting device. Therefore, the fluctuation in tension can be reduced more immediately, and as a result, the feeding device can change the extension state of the second sheet with higher accuracy.
  • the above three rolls are supported at fixed positions, and these rolls hardly move except for rotation. That is, basically no translation is performed.
  • the above-mentioned problem that may occur when at least one of these rolls moves in translation that is, a change in new tension occurs in the second sheet due to the inertial force of the roll accompanying the translation.
  • the second sheet can be sent to the feeding device in a state in which the above-described tension variation is suppressed.
  • the feeding device can change the extension state of the second sheet with high accuracy.
  • a method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article The arrangement position of the three rolls and the arrangement position of the driving roll of the tension adjusting device in the conveyance path of the second sheet are set to be more than the feeding position where the feeding device feeds the second sheet from the sheet roll. It is desirable that the apparatus is closer to the delivery position for delivering the second sheet.
  • the above-described tension adjusting device can be disposed in the vicinity of the feeding device. Therefore, the fluctuation in the tension of the second sheet that can be caused by the change in the extension state of the second sheet by the feeding device can be reduced more immediately. As a result, the feeding device can reduce the extension state of the second sheet. Changes can be made with higher accuracy.
  • a method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article The drive rotation of the drive roll is controlled such that the value relating to the tension indicated by the value of the second sensor approaches a prescribed second target value,
  • the extension magnification in the conveyance direction of the second sheet at the position of the middle roll of the tension adjusting device is the extension magnification in the conveyance direction of the second sheet at the position of the middle roll related to the feeding.
  • the second target value is set so as to be smaller than both the expansion magnifications in the transport direction of the second sheet after the expansion state is changed by the feeding device.
  • the expansion ratio of the tension adjusting device is determined by the expansion ratio of the second sheet at the position of the middle roll and the feeding device.
  • the expansion ratio of the second sheet after changing the expansion state is smaller than both. Therefore, in order to reduce the above-described variation in stretchability, the width shrinkage that can occur in the sheet when the sheet is conveyed to the feeding device while maintaining the large expansion ratio applied to the second sheet by the feeding device. And can prevent problems such as downpipe and folding. As a result, the feeding device can change the extension state of the second sheet with high accuracy.
  • the “width shrinkage” referred to here is a phenomenon in which the dimension in the width direction intersecting the conveyance direction of the second sheet is excessively reduced, and is also referred to as “necking”.
  • the “longitudinal fold” is a ridge along the continuous direction as the conveyance direction, and the “folding” is that each end in the width direction of the second sheet is bent inward in the width direction. .
  • the delivery device includes a delivery roll that rotates in contact with the second sheet so as to send the second sheet downstream in the transport direction, a detection sensor that detects a position of the display element and outputs a detection signal; And a controller for controlling the rotation operation of the delivery roll based on the detection signal, When the detection signal indicates that the display element in the second sheet is shifted to the upstream side in the conveyance direction from the arrangement target position, the controller is configured based on the detection signal.
  • the tension adjusting device While increasing the peripheral speed value of the delivery roll, the tension adjusting device is based on the amount of change in the direction of increasing the peripheral speed value based on the detection signal and the value output from the second sensor, Change the peripheral speed value of the drive roll,
  • the controller is configured to cause the peripheral speed of the feed roll to
  • the tension adjusting device reduces the value based on the detection signal based on the amount of change in the direction of decreasing the peripheral speed value and the value output from the second sensor. It is desirable to change the peripheral speed value.
  • the change in the peripheral speed value of the drive roll of the tension adjusting device is not only the value output from the second sensor of the tension adjusting device, This is performed in consideration of the change amount based on the detection signal output from the detection sensor by detecting the position of the display element. Therefore, before the influence of the change in the extension state by the feeding device goes back to the upstream side as the change in the tension of the second sheet and is detected by the second sensor of the tension adjusting device, the tension adjusting device The drive roll can be rotated so that the fluctuation of the tension becomes small. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the variation in the tension of the second sheet earlier.
  • a method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article At least two feeding devices for feeding the second sheet from the sheet roll are provided;
  • a storage device capable of storing the second sheet in the form of a loop is disposed at a position between the feeding device and the feeding device in the transport direction, In order to switch the feeding operation from one feeding device of the two feeding devices to the other feeding device, when the feeding operation of the second sheet by the one feeding device shifts to stop, When the storage device reduces the loop, the storage device supplies the second sheet to the feeding device, and the second sheet whose feeding operation in the one feeding device is stopped is changed to the other sheet.
  • the other feeding device is connected to the second sheet of the sheet roll supported by the feeding device, and then the other feeding device starts the feeding operation of the second sheet from the sheet roll.
  • the storage device stores the second sheet fed from the storage device by enlarging the loop.
  • the accumulator includes a plurality of fixed rollers arranged at fixed positions, a moving roller guided so as to be able to reciprocate in a direction in which the size of the loop of the second sheet can be changed with respect to the fixed rollers, An actuator that reciprocates the moving roller with the direction as the moving direction, and the loop is formed by the second sheet being wound around the fixed roller and the moving roller, By moving the moving roller in the direction in which the moving roller approaches the fixed roller, the loop is reduced, and the accumulated second sheet is supplied to the feeding device, The actuator moves the moving roller in a direction in which the moving roller moves away from the fixed roller, whereby the loop is enlarged to a predetermined length, and the second sheet is accumulated. It is desirable that a period during which the actuator holds the moving roller
  • the moving roller is kept at the same position so as not to move from a predetermined position in the moving direction during the period until the next feeding operation is switched. Is held by an actuator. Therefore, during the period, it is possible to effectively suppress fluctuations in the tension of the second sheet that may be caused by the force caused by the inertia of the moving roller when the moving roller moves.
  • a method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article When the loop is made small, it is desirable that the actuator is controlled so that the value relating to the tension indicated by the value of the first sensor approaches a prescribed third target value.
  • the manufacturing method of the sheet-like member related to such an absorbent article it is possible to suppress the variation in the tension of the second sheet that may occur when the loop is reduced, and thereby the second sheet Can be sent to the delivery device in a state in which fluctuations in the number are suppressed.
  • a method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article When the actuator moves the moving roller to a position corresponding to the specified length in order to enlarge the loop, a value related to the tension indicated by the value of the first sensor is a specified fourth value. It is desirable that the feeding operation of the other feeding device is performed so as to approach the target value.
  • the manufacturing method of the sheet-like member related to such an absorbent article it is possible to suppress the fluctuation in the tension of the second sheet that may occur when the loop is enlarged, and thereby the second sheet Can be sent to the delivery device in a state in which fluctuations in the number are suppressed.
  • the actuator moves the moving roller in the direction by applying a force in the moving direction to the moving roller in a direction in which the loop is reduced.
  • the actuator moves the moving roller in the direction by applying a force in the moving direction to the moving roller in a direction in which the loop becomes larger.
  • the actuator can receive and bear the force due to the inertia of the moving roller in both cases where the loop is made small and large, Thereby, it can prevent that the force resulting from the said inertia acts on a 2nd sheet
  • the actuator can effectively prevent a new variation in tension from occurring in the second sheet due to the force, and thereby the second sheet is in a state in which the variation in tension is suppressed as described above. Can be reliably sent to the delivery device.
  • a method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article At least two feeding devices for feeding the second sheet from the sheet roll are provided, When switching the feeding operation from one feeding device of the two feeding devices to the other feeding device, up to the same value as the feeding speed value of the second sheet in the one feeding device, the other After detecting that the peripheral speed value of the sheet roll supported by the feeding device is accelerated, the second sheet fed from the one feeding device is moved to the second roll of the sheet roll supported by the other feeding device. It is desirable to connect the second sheet.
  • the manufacturing method of the sheet-like member related to such an absorbent article it is detected that the peripheral speed value of the sheet roll of the other feeding device has been accelerated to the feeding speed value of the second sheet in the one feeding device. After that, the second sheet of the sheet roll supported by the other feeding device is connected to the second sheet fed from the one feeding device. Therefore, when switching from one feeding device to the other feeding device, it is not necessary to stop the feeding operation of the one feeding device. As a result, the storage device for the second sheet, which has become an essential configuration due to this stoppage, can be omitted, and as a result, the configuration of the apparatus can be simplified.
  • a method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article When switching the feeding operation from the one feeding device to the other feeding device, A position corresponding to the predetermined position in the display element of the second sheet of the sheet roll supported by the other feeding device and a predetermined position of the second sheet fed out by the one feeding device.
  • the second sheet fed by the one feeding device is aligned with the second sheet while the positioning is performed so that the amount of deviation in the conveying direction between the two is within ⁇ 5% of the second pitch of the display element. It is desirable to connect the second sheet of the sheet roll supported by the feeding device.
  • the second sheet fed out by one feeding device and the second sheet of the sheet roll supported by the other feeding device are mutually
  • the display elements are connected with a positional accuracy such that the shift amount of the display element in the transport direction is within ⁇ 5% of the second pitch. Therefore, the continuity of the second sheet in the switching of the feeding operation is almost guaranteed for the arrangement state of the display elements. This eliminates an excessive change in the stretched state that may need to be performed by the feeding device when the discontinuity of the display element arrangement state is large. This contributes effectively to changing the stretched state with high accuracy.
  • An apparatus for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article by overlapping and fixing a continuous first sheet and a continuous second sheet while aligning each other's continuous direction,
  • a predetermined first pitch is set in correspondence with the absorbent article in the continuous direction of the first sheet,
  • the second sheet is displayed at a second pitch smaller than the first pitch in the continuous direction.
  • a feeding device for feeding out the second sheet from the sheet roll;
  • a delivery device for delivering the second sheet that is fed out and conveyed with the continuous direction as a conveyance direction, to a joining position of a conveyance path of the first sheet;
  • Three rolls rotatably supported at a fixed position between the feeding device and the feeding device in the transport direction; In a state where the second sheet is wound around the three rolls, a first value is output according to the force applied from the second sheet to the middle roll of the three rolls.
  • the feeding device performs a feeding operation of the second sheet from the sheet roll based on the value
  • the feeding device is configured to determine the first sheet so that the display elements of the second sheet conveyed in the conveying direction are arranged at the first pitch while feeding the second sheet and based on the first pitch.
  • the continuous body 1a of the absorptive main body of a disposable diaper is manufactured as an example of the said sheet-like member. And the manufactured continuous body 1a of the absorbent main body is sent to the cutter device 80 (see FIG. 4) in the lower process, and is cut at the product pitch P3 in the transport direction by the cutter device 80. Absorbent body 1 is produced.
  • FIG. 2A is a schematic plan view of the absorbent main body 1 viewed from the non-skin side
  • FIG. 2B is a cross-sectional view taken along line BB in FIG. 2A.
  • the absorbent main body 1 is a sheet-like member having a substantially rectangular shape in plan view having a longitudinal direction, a width direction, and a thickness direction orthogonal to each other.
  • the absorbent body 4 that absorbs liquid and the absorbent body 4 in the thickness direction.
  • the top sheet 3 is disposed so as to cover from the skin side, and the back sheet 5 is disposed so as to cover the absorber 4 from the non-skin side in the thickness direction.
  • the absorbent body 4 includes an absorbent core 4c formed by molding a liquid absorbent material such as pulp fiber or superabsorbent polymer (so-called SAP) into a predetermined shape such as a substantially hourglass shape in plan view, and an outer surface of the core 4c. And a liquid-permeable core wrap sheet (not shown) such as a tissue paper covering the entire surface.
  • SAP pulp fiber or superabsorbent polymer
  • a liquid-permeable core wrap sheet such as a tissue paper covering the entire surface.
  • the core wrap sheet may be omitted.
  • the top sheet 3 is a liquid-permeable sheet having a larger planar size than the absorber 4. And as a raw material, an air through nonwoven fabric etc. can be illustrated and this is used here, However, if it is a liquid-permeable sheet, it will not be restricted to this at all.
  • the back sheet 5 is also a sheet having a larger planar size than the absorber 4, but is a liquid-impermeable sheet. Therefore, examples of the material include resin films such as polyethylene (PE) and polypropylene (PP). Here, PE film is used, but it is a liquid-impermeable sheet and is predetermined. If it has the elasticity of this, it will not be restricted to this at all.
  • resin films such as polyethylene (PE) and polypropylene (PP).
  • PE film is used, but it is a liquid-impermeable sheet and is predetermined. If it has the elasticity of this, it will not be restricted to this at all.
  • a flower illustration IL is printed on the non-skin side surface of the back sheet 5 as an example of a display element.
  • the illustration IL has a plurality of floral patterns G, G..., And a plurality of the symbols G, G.
  • the illustration IL is printed over substantially the entire surface of the backsheet 5. It should be noted that the illustration IL is printed over substantially the entire surface in this way, because the accuracy of the alignment of the illustration IL with respect to the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet formed in the production line LM of the continuous body 1a of the absorbent main body to be described later. This will be described later.
  • Examples of the illustration IL printing method include gravure printing, flexographic printing, and inkjet printing.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic plan view of a continuous body 1 a of the absorbent main body that is the basis of such an absorbent main body 1.
  • the continuous body 1a of an absorptive main body has a plurality of absorptive main bodies 1, 1... Continuous in the longitudinal direction.
  • the continuum 1a has a top sheet continuous sheet 3a (corresponding to a first sheet) in which a plurality of top sheets 3, 3... Are continuous in the longitudinal direction, and a plurality of back sheets 5, 5.
  • the continuous sheet 5a (corresponding to the second sheet) of the back sheet that is continuous in the direction and the continuous sheet 3a, 5a are arranged side by side with the product pitch P3 (corresponding to the first pitch) in the longitudinal direction. ..,
  • each of the members 3a, 5a, 4 is joined to an adjacent member by a hot melt adhesive or the like.
  • Such a continuous body 1a of the absorbent main body is manufactured by the manufacturing line LM shown in the schematic side view of FIG.
  • the production line LM includes a processing system L3a for the continuous sheet 3a for the top sheet and a processing system L5a for the continuous sheet 5a for the back sheet.
  • the processing system L5a of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet joins the processing system L3a of the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet at the joining position Pj of the same system L3a.
  • a CD direction (a direction penetrating the paper surface in FIG. 4) is set as the width direction of the line LM.
  • the CD direction is in the horizontal direction, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • a vertical vertical direction and a horizontal front-rear direction are set as two directions orthogonal to the CD direction, whereby the conveying direction of the continuous sheets 3a, 5a of the top sheet and the back sheet is Each of them faces the direction defined by both the up-down direction and the front-rear direction according to the position in the transport direction.
  • the width direction of each of the continuous sheets 3a and 5a of the top sheet and the back sheet is parallel to the CD direction.
  • the Z direction is parallel to the thickness direction of the continuous sheets 3a and 5a of the top sheet and the back sheet, respectively.
  • the processing system L3a for the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet includes a transport device 11 that transports the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet along the transport direction, and a joining device 15 that is arranged corresponding to the merging position Pj. .
  • the absorbers 4, 4,... are already fixed to the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet at the product pitch P3 in the conveying direction.
  • this transport operation is performed based on the synchronization signal.
  • the synchronization signal is a signal obtained by repeatedly outputting a unit signal corresponding to each conveying operation of the product pitch P3.
  • the unit signal is a rotation composed of rotation angle values of 0 ° to 360 °.
  • An angle signal is output.
  • such a synchronization signal is transmitted to an amplifier (not shown) of a servo motor (not shown) serving as a drive source for the transport device 11. Therefore, every time the unit signal is output, the transport device 11 transports the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet by the product pitch P3 in the transport direction.
  • Examples of the transport device 11 include a belt conveyor and a transport roller.
  • a belt conveyor is mainly used.
  • a normal belt conveyor having an endless belt that circulates as a transport surface a suction belt conveyor having an adsorption function on the outer peripheral surface of the endless belt, and the like can be given.
  • the generation of the synchronization signal can be performed by, for example, the cutter device 80 that generates the absorbent main body 1 by dividing the continuous body 1a of the absorbent main body at the product pitch P3 in the transport direction. That is, the cutter device 80 includes a cutter roll 81c that has a cutter blade 82 on the outer peripheral surface and rotates along the transport direction, and an anvil roll 81a that rotates along the transport direction while receiving the cutter blade 82 on the outer peripheral surface.
  • a rotary encoder (not shown) is provided at one end of the cutter roll 81c in the CD direction as an example of a rotation detector that detects the rotation operation of the cutter roll 81c. The encoder outputs the unit signal each time the cutter blade 82 rotates by the product pitch P3 in conjunction with the rotation operation of the cutter roll 81c.
  • the joining device 15 has, for example, a pair of upper and lower belt conveyors 15u and 15d. Between the pair of upper and lower belt conveyors 15u and 15d, a conveyance path for the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet to which the absorber 4 is fixed is formed. Further, the above-mentioned joining position Pj is set at a position upstream of the conveyance path, and the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is fed from the processing system L5a of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet at the joining position Pj. To do.
  • both sheets 3a and 5a move along the conveyance path of the pair of belt conveyors 15u and 15d in a state where the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet and the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet are overlapped in the thickness direction, Both the sheets 3a and 5a are sandwiched between the pair of belt conveyors 15u and 15d in the thickness direction, and are thereby firmly joined to each other in a superposed state with a hot melt adhesive or the like.
  • the conveying operation of the pair of belt conveyors 15u and 15d constituting the joining device 15 is also performed based on the above-described synchronization signal. That is, every time a unit signal of the synchronization signal is output, the belt conveyor 15u, 15d conveys the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet and the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet by the product pitch P3 in the conveying direction.
  • the processing system L5a for the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is the same as the feeding device 21 for feeding the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet from the sheet roll 5ar while conveying the continuous sheet 5a of the fed back sheet in the conveying direction.
  • a tension measuring device 31 that measures the tension in the conveyance direction of the continuous sheet 5a, and a sending device that sends the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet that has passed through the tension measuring device 31 to the joining position Pj of the processing system L3a of the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet. 51.
  • the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet and the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet are overlapped and fixed by the joining device 15 described above.
  • a continuum 1a is generated.
  • the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is wound in the continuous direction to be in the state of the sheet roll 5ar, the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is preliminarily used in another factory or the like.
  • the above-described illustrations IL, IL... Are printed in a continuous direction at a predetermined printing pitch P5 (corresponding to the second pitch) (see FIG. 6).
  • the continuous sheet 5a is overlaid and fixed on the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet, whereby the illustration IL is arranged at an appropriate position in the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet as shown in FIG.
  • the printing pitch P5 is set to “1”
  • the product pitch P3 is set to “1.026”, whereby the expansion ratio of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet in the joining device 15 is set.
  • Ms is 1.026 times.
  • the expansion magnification Ms can also be called the expansion magnification Ms in the joining apparatus 15 as mentioned above.
  • it can also be referred to as the expansion magnification Ms in the delivery device 51.
  • each device 21, 31, 51 related to the processing system L5a of the backsheet continuous sheet 5a will be described.
  • Feeding device 21 As shown in the schematic enlarged side view of FIG. 5, the feeding device 21 is connected to the rotation shaft portion 21 a and the rotation shaft portion 21 a, and applies rotational force to the rotation shaft portion 21 a to drive the rotation shaft portion 21 a.
  • a drive source (not shown) that rotates and a controller 21c that controls the drive source based on a tension value output from the tension measuring device 31 are provided.
  • the said rotating shaft part 21a is based on said tension value.
  • the rotating shaft portion 21a is a shaft member along the CD direction, for example.
  • the rotating shaft portion 21a is rotatably supported by an appropriate bearing member (not shown) provided in the production line LM.
  • the drive source is, for example, a servo motor.
  • a direct drive method is employed as a connection method between the servo motor and the rotating shaft portion 21a. That is, the drive rotation shaft portion (not shown) of the servo motor and the rotation shaft portion 21a are coaxially connected to each other by an appropriate shaft coupling (not shown).
  • the rotational force is directly input to the rotary shaft portion 21a from the drive rotary shaft portion that rotates based on the electric power supplied to the servomotor. Therefore, the feeding operation can be performed with high responsiveness without problems such as backlash. However, it is not limited to this.
  • the controller 21c is an appropriate computer such as a PLC (programmable logic controller) or a sequencer, and includes a processor and a memory. Then, the processor reads out and executes the program stored in the memory, thereby controlling the feeding operation of the rotating shaft portion 21a.
  • the rotary shaft portion so that the tension value (N) output from the tension measuring device 31 (corresponding to “a value related to tension”) is aligned with a prescribed tension target value (corresponding to “first target value”).
  • the feeding speed value Vunw (m / sec) of 21a is controlled.
  • control is performed, for example, by repeatedly performing the following processing at a predetermined control cycle.
  • the amount of deviation of the tension value from the tension target value is obtained by subtracting the former from the latter.
  • the control amount is calculated by multiplying the deviation amount by a predetermined control gain, and the control amount is added to the command value of the current feeding speed value Vunw (m / sec) to obtain a new command value. .
  • the rotating shaft part 21a is rotated by this new command value. Therefore, when the tension value is larger than the tension target value, the feeding speed value Vunw (m / sec) is made larger by the absolute value of the control amount than the current value, and thereby the tension value becomes the tension target value.
  • the feeding speed value Vunw (m / sec) is made smaller by the absolute value of the control amount than the current value, and the tension value is thereby reduced. The value increases to approach the tension target value.
  • the feeding device 51 of FIG. 4 located downstream in the conveying direction temporarily changes the back sheet continuous sheet 5a. Even when the tension of the sheet 5a fluctuates when the extension state is changed, and this fluctuation goes back to the upstream side in the conveyance direction, the fluctuation can be reduced by changing the feeding speed value Vunw.
  • the feeding device 21 can send the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet in which the fluctuation of the tension is suppressed to the feeding device 51. As a result, the feeding device 51 extends the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet. The state can be changed with high accuracy.
  • the above-described feeding speed value Vunw (m / second) is, for example, the peripheral speed value (m / second) of the outer peripheral surface of the sheet roll 5ar.
  • the tension target value is set to a value corresponding to the expansion magnification Munw to be expanded by the feeding device 21. That is, the target tension value is obtained by measuring the load-displacement curve of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet in advance, and is obtained from the load value corresponding to the displacement corresponding to the expansion magnification Munw and set to the load value.
  • the value of the expansion ratio Munw is set to be larger than the expansion ratio Ms of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet after the expansion state is changed by the feeding device 51 of FIG.
  • the expansion magnification Munw is set to 1.05 times, which is larger than 1.026 times the expansion magnification Ms in the above-described delivery device 31.
  • the backsheet is previously placed so that the illustrations IL, IL,... Are arranged in the transport direction on the continuous sheet 5a of the backsheet fed from the sheet roll 5ar to be larger than the product pitch P3.
  • the continuous sheet 5a is extended.
  • the feeding device 51 subsequently changes the extension state of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet, the range until at least the above-described illustrations IL, IL,... In this case, the variation in stretchability of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet can be reduced. That is, the variation can be smoothed. Therefore, the feeding device 51 can change the stretched state of the continuous sheet 5a in the conveyance direction in a state where the influence of the variation in stretchability is reduced. This also changes the stretched state with high accuracy. Contributes effectively to doing.
  • the expansion ratio Munw given by the feeding device 21 is 1.05
  • the backsheet continuous sheet 5 a on which the illustration IL is printed at another factory is the sheet.
  • the stretching magnification Mw applied to the sheet 5a when winding the roll 5ar is set to a range of 1.005 to 1.03 times smaller than that. That is, the expansion magnification Munw when expanding by the feeding device 21 is larger than the expansion magnification Mw for winding. Therefore, the variation in stretchability of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet that may be caused by being wound in the state of the sheet roll 5ar while being stretched at the stretching magnification Mw for winding is left in the feeding device 21. Leveling can be ensured by a large extension. As a result, the delivery device 51 can change the extension state of the back sheet 5a with high accuracy when sending the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet to the joining position Pj.
  • the illustration IL is printed on substantially the entire surface of the non-skin side surface of the single-sheet back sheet 5. That is, in the state of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet in FIG. 6, when the area A5 corresponding to the printing pitch P5 is equally divided into four areas A5p, A5p,. These four regions A5p, A5p... Are present in all regions A5p, A5p. Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 7, the variation in stretchability of the continuous sheet 5a that may occur due to the presence of the illustration IL in the example of FIG. 6 as compared to the case where the illustration ILa exists in a narrow range in one point. Can be leveled. This also contributes to the feeding device 51 effectively changing the extension state of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet with high accuracy.
  • the tension measuring device 31 includes three parallel-supported units that are rotatably supported at fixed positions downstream of the feeding device 21 in the conveying direction and upstream of the feeding device 21 in the conveying direction.
  • the apparatus 31 includes three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d, and the three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d are wound around the three continuous rolls 5a in a chevron shape.
  • the first sensor 31s (FIG. 5) that outputs in real time a value corresponding to the force F5a (FIG. 5) applied from the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet to the middle roll 31m of the rolls 31u, 31m, 31d.
  • the apparatus 31 has a converter 31k that converts the value output from the first sensor 31s into a tension value.
  • Each of the three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d is supported so as to be rotatable around a rotation axis along the CD direction. That is, as shown in FIG. 5, bearing members Brg are provided at the end portions in the CD direction of the respective rolls 31u, 31m, 31d so as not to move to the fixed positions of the production line LM. 31u, 31m, and 31d are supported at both ends by the bearing member Brg so that they can rotate but cannot translate.
  • Each of the bearing members Brg of the middle roll 31m among the three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d is provided with a strain gauge 31s as an example of the first sensor 31s.
  • the 31s outputs the value according to the force F5a provided to the said roll 31m from the continuous sheet 5a of a back sheet in real time. That is, a value corresponding to the force F5a facing the radial direction of the roll 31m acting on the roll 31m is output in real time.
  • the force F5a is a force that increases and decreases in conjunction with increase and decrease of the tension of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet. Therefore, it is a force that can be an alternative index of the tension, that is, a tension value that is a tension value can be calculated from the above value.
  • the output value from the strain gauge 31s is input to the converter 31k, and is converted into the tension value of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet by being multiplied by an appropriate coefficient or the like in the converter 31k.
  • the tension value is inputted in real time to the controller 21c of the feeding device 21 described above, whereby the controller 21c calculates the amount of deviation between the tension value and the tension target value. 21 is used to control the feeding speed value Vunw.
  • these three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d are supported at fixed positions as described above, and thus hardly move except for rotation. That is, basically no translation is performed. Therefore, the above-described problem that may occur when at least one of the rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d is translated, that is, the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet due to the inertial force of the roll accompanying the translational movement. Therefore, it is possible to substantially avoid the problem of new fluctuations in tension, and as a result, the continuous sheet 5a can be sent to the feeding device 51 with the fluctuations suppressed. As a result, the delivery device 51 can change the extension state of the continuous sheet 5a with high accuracy. As a result, the delivery device 51 conveys the illustrations IL, IL, ...
  • each illustration IL is positioned at the target position of illustrations IL, IL,...
  • On top sheet continuous sheet 3a determined based on product pitch P3 so as to be lined up with product pitch P3 in the direction.
  • the continuous sheet 5a can be fixed by being superimposed on the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet.
  • the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet that is wound around the three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d has a mountain shape protruding upward. Not exclusively. That is, the three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d may be arranged so that the continuous sheet 5a has a valley shape protruding downward.
  • the sending-out device 51 sends the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet to the joining position Pj to the processing system L3a of the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet.
  • the extension state in the conveying direction of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is appropriately changed so that the illustration IL of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is arranged at the above-described product pitch P3, and
  • the illustration IL is positioned at the arrangement target position of the illustration IL on the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet determined based on the product pitch P3.
  • the delivery device 51 includes, for example, a pair of nip rolls 52a and 52b as an example of a delivery roll, a controller 55 that controls the rotational operation of the pair of nip rolls 52a and 52b, and the position of the illustration IL of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet. And a detection sensor 57 for detection.
  • the pair of nip rolls 52a and 52b are supported so as to be rotatable about rotation axes C52a and C52b along the CD direction, respectively.
  • Each of the rolls 52a and 52b obtains a driving rotational force from a servo motor (not shown) as a driving source and rotates while sandwiching the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet, whereby the continuous sheet 5a is moved to the joining position Pj. To send to.
  • the controller 55 is an appropriate computer such as a PLC or a sequencer. Then, by controlling the rotation operation of the nip rolls 52a and 52b based on the detection signal of the illustration IL output from the detection sensor 57, the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet between the nip rolls 52a and 52b and the joining device 15 is extended. Change state.
  • the detection sensor 57 includes, for example, an imaging device 57c and an image processing device 57ip that performs image processing on image data transmitted from the imaging device 57c.
  • the imaging device 57c includes, for example, a CCD camera, a processor, and a memory.
  • the camera images, for example, the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet that is moving on the conveyance path between the nip rolls 52a and 52b and the joining device 15. .
  • the imaging operation is performed based on the aforementioned synchronization signal. That is, when the imaging device 57c receives the synchronization signal at all times and detects that the rotation angle value of the synchronization signal matches the prescribed rotation angle value stored in advance in the memory of the imaging device 57c, The imaging device 57c performs an imaging operation.
  • the prescribed rotation angle value is set, for example, to such a value that the illustration IL fits in the image indicated by the image data. Then, every time the rotation angle value of the synchronization signal matches the specified rotation angle value, the imaging device 57c repeats the imaging operation. Therefore, in this example, an imaging operation is performed for each illustration IL to generate image data. Each time new image data is generated, the new image data is transmitted to the image processing device 57ip.
  • the image processing device 57ip has an appropriate computer as a main body and includes a processor and a memory.
  • the image processing device 57ip performs binarization processing as an example of image processing based on the transmitted image data each time image data is transmitted from the imaging device 57c. Then, by binarization processing, the pixel of the imaging portion of the illustration IL in the image of the image data is extracted to obtain the position coordinate of the pixel. Details are as follows. First, an image of image data is composed of a plurality of pixels arranged two-dimensionally in both the X direction and the Y direction. The images are taken with the CD direction as the X direction and the transport direction as the Y direction, for example. The image data has color information corresponding to each pixel.
  • each pixel has only brightness as color information. Further, the brightness of the pixel indicating the illustration IL is lower than the brightness of the pixel indicating the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet. Therefore, if a binarization process is performed in which pixels having a lightness equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold are assigned to a white image and pixels having a lightness less than the threshold are assigned to a black image, the imaging portion of the illustration IL in the image is extracted as a black image. Can do.
  • the imaging part of the illustration IL is extracted as a black image
  • the arithmetic average value of the position coordinates of all the pixels constituting the black image is represented by the position coordinate of the pixel of the imaging part of the illustration IL. Can be used as position coordinates.
  • position coordinate data for comparison is stored in advance in the memory of the image processing device 57ip.
  • the position coordinates for comparison are the pixels of the illustration IL in the image when the illustration IL is correctly arranged at the arrangement target position defined on the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet at the merging position Pj. Indicates the position coordinates to be located.
  • the Y coordinate among the position coordinates indicates the coordinate in the transport direction.
  • the image processing apparatus 57ip can calculate the amount of deviation of the illustration IL in the transport direction. Each time the deviation amount is calculated, the calculated deviation amount data is transmitted to the controller 55 as the detection signal.
  • the controller 55 controls the rotation operation of the nip rolls 52a and 52b based on the data.
  • the change amount ⁇ V is calculated by multiplying the deviation amount indicated by this data by a specified gain, and the change amount ⁇ V is added to the command value of the current peripheral speed value (m / sec) to obtain a new command value.
  • the servo motor amplifiers 53a and 53b of the nip rolls 52a and 52b are controlled by the new command value. If this is done, when the data indicates that the illustration IL is shifted upstream in the transport direction, the peripheral speed value (m / sec) is changed from the current value by the change amount ⁇ V.
  • the peripheral speed value (m / sec) is made smaller by the absolute value of the change amount ⁇ V than the current value.
  • the amount of deviation of the illustration IL toward the downstream side is reduced.
  • such a change operation is performed every time the above data is transmitted to the controller 55. And thereby, adjustment which makes a deviation
  • the above change operation may be performed at a rate of once for a plurality of transmissions.
  • the direction along the CD direction when the production line LM is viewed in plan view is defined as “X1 direction”, and the direction orthogonal to the CD direction is defined.
  • X1 direction the direction along the CD direction when the production line LM is viewed in plan view
  • Y1 direction the direction orthogonal to the CD direction
  • the conveying direction of the continuous sheet 5a is directed to the Y1 direction over the entire length of the processing system L5a of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet. Therefore, the conveying direction of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is any position of the arrangement position of the rotating shaft portion 21a related to the feeding device 21 and the arrangement positions of the three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d related to the tension measuring device 31.
  • the conveying direction of the continuous sheet 5a is aligned with the intersecting direction intersecting the Y1 direction in plan view. More specifically, in the example of FIG. 8B, the conveyance direction of the continuous sheet 5a at each of the arrangement positions is set to the X1 direction. However, in that case, the conveyance direction of the continuous sheet 5a is changed from the X1 direction to the Y1 at a position between the arrangement position of the three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d related to the tension measuring device 31 and the arrangement position of the feeding device 51.
  • a turn bar TB (corresponding to a rod-shaped member) made of a round bar having a diameter of 25.4 mm is disposed at the above position.
  • the turn bar TB is disposed so as not to be movable and rotatable in a state in which the longitudinal direction thereof is oriented in a direction inclined by 45 ° from both the X1 direction and the Y1 direction. Therefore, when the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is wound around the turn bar TB, the conveying direction of the continuous sheet 5a is changed from the X1 direction to the Y1 direction.
  • the turn bar TB according to the configuration having the turn bar TB, as shown in FIG.
  • the feeding device 51 in the X1 direction (that is, the direction intersecting the Y1 direction connecting the feeding device 51 and the joining position Pj in plan view).
  • the three rolls 31u, 31m, 31d related to the tension measuring device 31 and the rotating shaft portion 21a related to the feeding device 21 can be arranged at positions deviating from the above. Therefore, the overall length of the production line LM can be shortened in the Y1 direction, and as a result, the production line LM can be made compact.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic side view of the production line LM of the first modified example of the present embodiment.
  • the main difference from the above-described embodiment is that the three rolls 31u, 31m, 31d related to the tension measuring device 31 in the processing system L5a of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet.
  • a tension adjusting device 41 for adjusting the tension in the conveying direction of the continuous sheet 5a is additionally provided at a position between the nip rolls 52a and 52b of the feeding device 51.
  • Other configurations are generally the same as those in the above-described embodiment. Therefore, in the following, this difference will be mainly described, the same reference numerals are given to the same configurations, and the description thereof will be omitted.
  • the tension adjusting device 41 includes three rolls 41u, 41m, and 41d having the same structure as the three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d of the tension measuring device 31, and the device 41 includes these three rolls. In a state where the back sheet continuous sheet 5a is hung around the rolls 41u, 41m, 41d in a chevron shape, the back sheet continuous sheet 5a with respect to the middle roll 41m of these three rolls 41u, 41m, 41d.
  • the apparatus 41 includes a second sensor (not shown) that outputs a value corresponding to the applied force in real time, and the device 41 is a drive roll disposed upstream of the middle roll 41m in the transport direction.
  • the apparatus 41 includes a controller 41c, such as a PLC or sequencer for controlling the drive roll 41k based on the value output from the second sensor.
  • a controller 41c such as a PLC or sequencer for controlling the drive roll 41k based on the value output from the second sensor.
  • the three rolls 41u, 41m, and 41d are each supported so as to be rotatable around a rotation axis along the CD direction. That is, a bearing member (not shown) is provided at the end of each roll 41u, 41m, 41d in the CD direction so as not to move to a fixed position of the production line LM, and thereby each roll 41u, 41m, 41d. Is supported at both ends by a bearing member so as to be rotatable and non-translatable.
  • Each of the bearing members of the middle roll 41m among the three rolls 41u, 41m, 41d is provided with a strain gauge (not shown) as an example of the second sensor.
  • a gauge outputs the value according to the force provided to the said roll 41m from the continuous sheet 5a of a back sheet in real time. That is, a value corresponding to the force in the radial direction of the roll 41m acting on the roll 41m is output in real time.
  • the output value from the strain gauge is input to the controller 41c, and multiplied by an appropriate coefficient or the like in the controller 41c, whereby the tension value (N) (" Equivalent to the value related to tension).
  • the controller 41c controls the peripheral speed value (m / sec) of the drive roll 41k so that the tension value is aligned with the specified tension target value (corresponding to the “second target value”).
  • control is performed, for example, by repeatedly performing the following processing at a predetermined control cycle.
  • the amount of deviation of the tension value from the tension target value is obtained by subtracting the former from the latter.
  • the control amount is calculated by multiplying this deviation amount by a predetermined control gain, and the control amount is added to the command value of the current peripheral speed value (m / sec) to obtain a new command value.
  • the drive roll 41k is rotated with this new command value. Therefore, when the tension value is larger than the target tension value, the peripheral speed value (m / sec) is made larger than the current value by the absolute value of the control amount, so that the tension value becomes the target tension value.
  • the peripheral speed value (m / sec) is made smaller by the absolute value of the control amount than the current value, so that the tension value is It increases to approach the tension target value.
  • the feeding device 51 located downstream in the conveying direction temporarily extends the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet. Even when the tension of the continuous sheet 5a fluctuates when the state is changed and this fluctuation goes back to the upstream side in the transport direction, the fluctuation is reduced by changing the peripheral speed value of the drive roll 41k. Can do. Thereby, the tension adjusting device 41 can send the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet in which the fluctuation of the tension is suppressed to the feeding device 51, and as a result, the feeding device 51 can feed the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet.
  • the extension state can be changed with high accuracy.
  • these three rolls 41u, 41m, and 41d are supported at fixed positions as described above, and thus hardly move except for rotation. That is, basically no translation is performed. Therefore, the above-described problem that may occur when at least one of the rolls 41u, 41m, and 41d is translated, that is, the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet due to the inertial force of the roll accompanying the translational movement. Therefore, it is possible to substantially avoid the problem of new fluctuations in tension, and as a result, the continuous sheet 5a can be sent to the feeding device 51 with the fluctuations suppressed. Thereby, the delivery device 51 can change the extension state of the continuous sheet 5a with high accuracy.
  • the tension adjusting device 41 can reduce the tension variation of the continuous sheet 5 a caused by the feeding device 51 before the reduction in the feeding operation of the feeding device 21. Can be reduced. Therefore, the fluctuation in tension can be reduced more instantaneously. As a result, the feeding device 51 can change the extension state of the continuous sheet 5a with higher accuracy.
  • the tension adjusting device 41 close to the feeding device 51.
  • the arrangement position of the three rolls 41u, 41m, 41d of the tension adjusting device 41 and the arrangement position of the driving roll 41k in the conveyance path of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet are determined by the feeding device 21 as the sheet roll. It is preferable that the feeding device 51 is closer to the feeding position at which the continuous sheet 5a is fed out than the feeding position at which the continuous sheet 5a is fed from 5ar.
  • the controller 41c of the tension adjusting device 41 controls the rotation operation of the drive roll 41k, not only the tension value of the second sensor described above, but also the image of the sending device 51 described above. It is desirable that the detection is performed in consideration of the detection signal of the illustration IL generated by the processing device 57ip (that is, data of the deviation amount in the conveyance direction of the illustration IL). For example, the detection signal is input from the image processing device 57ip to the controller 41c, and the controller 41c multiplies the deviation amount in the transport direction of the illustration IL indicated by the detection signal by a specified gain, and the change amount ⁇ V Is calculated.
  • the change amount ⁇ V and the control amount related to the tension value of the second sensor described above are added to the command value of the current peripheral speed value of the drive roll 41k to obtain a new command value, and It is preferable to rotate the drive roll 41k with a new command value.
  • the influence of the change in the extension state by the feeding device 51 is detected upstream by the second sensor of the tension adjusting device 41 as the fluctuation of the tension of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet.
  • the drive roll 41k of the tension adjusting device 41 can rotate so that the fluctuations in tension are reduced. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the fluctuation of the tension of the continuous sheet 5a earlier.
  • the tension adjusting device 41 also functions as a relaxation device that relaxes the stretched state of the continuous sheet 5a that has been enlarged by the feeding device 21. That is, in the tension adjusting device 41, the stretched state of the continuous sheet 5a is relaxed so as to be smaller than the stretch magnification Munw of the continuous sheet 5a stretched by the feeding device 21. When the stretched state is relaxed in this way, problems such as width shrinkage, vertical stripes, folding, and the like that may occur in the continuous sheet 5a while being conveyed from the tension adjusting device 41 to the feeding device 51 are effectively utilized. Can be prevented.
  • the expansion ratio Mr of the continuous sheet 5a after relaxation by the tension adjusting device 41 is smaller than the expansion ratio Ms of the continuous sheet 5a after being changed by the feeding device 51.
  • the extension magnification Mr is set to 1.017 in order to do so.
  • the extension magnification is set by setting the tension target value described above to a value corresponding to the extension magnification Mr in the controller 41c.
  • the tension target value is obtained by the feeding device 21 described above. Since it is the same as the method described, the description thereof is omitted.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic side view of the production line LM of the second modified example of the present embodiment.
  • the main differences from the first modification described above are (1) that two feeding devices 21 and 21 are provided, and (2) the rotating shaft portion 21a of the feeding device 21 and the tension measuring device 31 in the transport direction. That the material splicing device 25 is provided between the three rolls 31u, 31m and 31d, and (3) between the material splicing device 25 and the three rolls 41u, 41m and 41d of the tension adjusting device 41.
  • the storage device 35 capable of storing the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet in the form of a loop is disposed.
  • Other configurations are generally the same as those in the above-described embodiment. Therefore, below, these differences are mainly demonstrated, the same code
  • the two feeding devices 21 and 21 have rotating shaft portions 21a and 21a, respectively. And the structure and operation
  • the rotary shaft portions 21a and 21a are respectively driven and rotated by a servo motor as a drive source, and the rotary shaft portions 21a and 21a are respectively formed in through holes provided in the center of the sheet rolls 5ar and 5ar. Inserted. Then, in a state where the sheet roll 5ar is supported by the rotation shaft portion 21a, the rotation shaft portion 21a is basically driven based on the tension value derived from the output value from the first sensor 31s (FIG. 5). By rotating, the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is fed out from the sheet roll 5ar.
  • these two feeding devices 21 and 21 are used by switching alternately. That is, while one feeding device 21 feeds the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet, the other feeding device 21 is substantially in a standby state, and the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet of the one feeding device 21 is likely to disappear. Instead of this, instead of this, the other feeding device 21 in the standby state starts the feeding operation of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet.
  • the material splicing device 25 is a device that connects the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet fed by one feeding device 21 to the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet of the sheet roll 5ar that is supported by the other feeding device 21 and is on standby. . And thereby, the continuous sheet 5a of a back sheet can be let out continuously without interruption.
  • the material splicing device 25 has a well-known configuration and includes, for example, a clamp mechanism (not shown) and a cutter mechanism (not shown). Then, connection processing is performed as follows. First, the front end portion 5ae of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet of the sheet roll 5ar waiting in the other feeding device 21 is placed on one pressing member of the clamp mechanism, and a double-sided tape is attached to the front end portion 5ae. Install. Next, while one feeding device 21 stops the feeding operation of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet, the one clamping member is moved toward the other clamping member facing the continuous sheet 5a.
  • the pair of pressing members press the three members of the continuous sheet 5a, the double-sided tape, and the front end portion 5ae, and thereby the continuous sheet 5a that is stopped to be fed by one feeding device 21 and the other sheet
  • the continuous sheet 5a of the waiting sheet roll 5ar is connected by the feeding device 21. If it does so, the continuous sheet 5a of one feeding device 21 will be cut
  • the storage device 35 is a device for storing the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet fed from the feeding device 21 so as to be supplied downstream in the conveying direction.
  • the accumulating device 35 reciprocates in the vertical direction as a direction in which the size of the loop of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet can be changed, and a fixed roller group G35s composed of a plurality of fixed rollers 35s, 35s.
  • a moving roller group G35m composed of a plurality of moving rollers 35m, 35m guided so as to be movable, an actuator (not shown) for reciprocating the moving roller group G35m in the vertical direction, and a controller (not shown) such as a PLC for controlling the actuator. (Shown).
  • the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is alternately wound around the fixed rollers 35s belonging to the fixed roller group G35s and the moving rollers 35m belonging to the moving roller group G35m, and thereby the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet.
  • the loop is formed. Therefore, if the moving roller group G35m moves in the direction away from the fixed roller group G35s (downward in the example of FIG. 10), the loop becomes large and the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is accumulated, while the moving roller group in the vertical direction. If G35m moves in a direction approaching the fixed roller group G35s (upward in the example of FIG. 10), the loop becomes smaller and the accumulated continuous sheet 5a is supplied to the feeding device 51.
  • the feeding speed value Vunw of the continuous sheet 5a by one feeding device 21 is gradually decreased.
  • the feeding operation shifts to stop.
  • the storage device 35 supplies the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet to the feeding device 51 by reducing the loop. Therefore, the delivery device 51 can continuously perform the delivery operation while changing the extended state without being affected by the stop of the delivery operation. Further, the supply operation of the storage device 35 is continued until the connection processing of the continuous sheet 5a by the material splicing device 25 is completed, but the connection processing is completed and the feeding operation in the other feeding device 21 is completed.
  • the accumulating device 35 When the state becomes possible, the accumulating device 35 accumulates the continuous sheet 5a fed from the other feeding device 21 by enlarging the loop.
  • the actuator When the loop reaches a specified length, the actuator is arranged so that the moving roller group G35m does not move from the fixed position in the vertical direction corresponding to the specified length until the next feeding operation is switched. Holds the moving roller group G35m. Therefore, when the moving roller group G35m moves, fluctuations in the tension of the continuous sheet 5a that can be caused by the inertial force of each moving roller 35m can be suppressed.
  • the linear servo motor includes a base member, a slider member guided so as to be reciprocally movable in the vertical direction with respect to the base member, and a linear encoder that measures the actual position of the slider member in the vertical direction. Then, the moving rollers 35m of the moving roller group G35m are rotatably supported by the slider via unillustrated bearing members. Further, as described above, the linear servo motor moves the slider in the vertical direction based on the position control. That is, the motor moves the slider so that the deviation between the actual position of the slider output from the linear encoder and the vertical command position indicated by the control signal transmitted from the controller is small. Therefore, the controller can transmit the control signal including the above-mentioned fixed position as the command position to the motor, thereby realizing the holding of the moving roller group G35m at the fixed position as described above.
  • the supply operation of the continuous sheet 5a performed by the storage device 35 when switching the feeding operation is performed as follows, for example.
  • the tension value output from the tension measuring device 31 is always input to the controller.
  • the controller controls the linear servo motor so that the tension value is aligned with a prescribed tension target value (corresponding to the third target value).
  • the controller calculates the command position so that the tension value is aligned with the tension target value, and controls the motor by transmitting a control signal including the command position to the motor. Therefore, the motor moves the slider so that the tension value to be increased returns to the tension target value. That is, the moving roller group G35m is raised so that the loop becomes small, and as a result, the continuous sheet 5a is supplied from the accumulation device 35 to the downstream delivery device 51 without stopping.
  • the accumulation operation of the continuous sheet 5a performed by the accumulation device 35 after the connection process is completed is performed as follows, for example. First, since this time is immediately after switching of the feeding operation, the feeding operation of the other feeding device 21 has already been started at this time. The feeding operation is performed based on the tension value output from the tension measuring device 31 as described above. That is, the continuous sheet 5a is fed out from the other feeding device 21 so that the tension value becomes equal to the tension target value (corresponding to the fourth target value). Therefore, if the controller controls the position of the linear servo motor and lowers the moving roller group G35m to the above-mentioned fixed position, the above-mentioned lowering amount than the necessary amount of the continuous sheet 5a to be sent to the downstream feeding device 51 is required. The continuous sheet 5a is unwound from the unwinding device 21. As a result, while maintaining the state where the continuous sheet 5 a is fed to the feeding device 51, the loop is enlarged and the continuous sheet 5 a is accumulated in the accumulation device 35.
  • the linear servo motor moves the moving roller group G35m upward by applying an upward force in the vertical direction to the moving roller group G35m.
  • the linear servo motor moves the moving roller group G35m downward by applying a downward force to the moving roller group G35m in the direction in which the loop increases in the vertical direction. Good.
  • the linear servomotor can receive and bear the force resulting from the inertia of the moving roller group G35m, thereby preventing the force caused by the inertia from acting on the continuous sheet 5a. be able to.
  • the linear servomotor can receive and bear the force resulting from the inertia of the moving roller group G35m, thereby preventing the force caused by the inertia from acting on the continuous sheet 5a. be able to.
  • it is possible to effectively prevent a new tension variation from occurring in the continuous sheet 5a due to the force, thereby suppressing the tension variation in the continuous sheet 5a as described above. In this state, it can be reliably sent to the delivery device 51.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic side view of a production line LM according to a third modification of the present embodiment.
  • 12A to 12E are schematic side views for explaining the connection processing performed in the third modification.
  • the material splicing device 25 in FIG. 10 waits at the other feeding device 21 for the continuous sheet 5a in a state where the feeding operation of the continuous sheet 5a by the one feeding device 21 is stopped.
  • the continuous sheet 5a of the inner sheet roll 5ar is connected.
  • the continuous sheet 5a being fed out by the one feeding device 21 is not stopped and the continuous sheet being fed out is stopped.
  • the continuous sheet 5 a of the sheet roll 5 ar waiting on the other feeding device 21 is connected to 5 a.
  • the storage device 35 that is necessary due to the stop of the feeding operation is omitted.
  • the points other than these are substantially the same as in the second modification. For this reason, the same components as those of the second modification are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.
  • the rotary shafts 21a and 21a of the two feeding devices 21 and 21 are each configured to perform box motion on, for example, a rectangular orbit TR21a.
  • the circular orbit TR21a has a feeding operation execution position Pe where the rotating shaft portion 21a performs most of the feeding operation, a temporary retracting position Ph where the rotating shaft portion 21a is temporarily retracted just before the end of the feeding operation, and a feeding operation.
  • a standby position Pr at which the completed rotating shaft portion 21a waits until the next feeding operation is set. Then, the feeding operation is switched from one rotary shaft portion 21a to the other rotary shaft portion 21a, for example, as follows.
  • FIG. 12A first, at the feeding operation execution position Pe, one rotary shaft portion 21a is positioned, and the rotary shaft portion 21a is driven and rotated by a servo motor (not shown), whereby the sheet The continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is fed out from the roll 5ar. Then, when the feeding operation is about to end, as shown in FIG. 12B, the rotary shaft portion 21a moves from the feeding operation execution position Pe to the upper temporary retreat position Ph while maintaining the feeding operation. And even after the movement to the same position Ph, the feeding operation is continued as it is.
  • the peripheral speed value of the continuous sheet 5a of the one rotary shaft portion 21a at the temporary retraction position Ph is measured by an appropriate sensor such as a rotary encoder.
  • the peripheral speed value is maintained at the same value as the feed speed value Vunw.
  • the continuous sheet 5a fed out from one rotating shaft portion 21a at the temporary retreat position Ph is pressed by a roll-shaped pressing member 28p that can reciprocate, and thereby the continuous sheet 5a approaches the outer peripheral surface of the sheet roll 5ar of the other rotating shaft portion 21a at the feeding operation execution position Pe and is pressed against the outer peripheral surface.
  • the continuous sheet 5a is connected to the outer peripheral surface via an adhesive member (not shown) such as a double-sided tape provided in advance on the outer peripheral surface where the continuous sheet 5a is pressed.
  • one rotating shaft portion 21a moves to the standby position Pr. Then, during the standby at the standby position Pr, the removal process of the old sheet roll 5ar and the installation process of the new sheet roll 5ar are performed on the one rotary shaft portion 21a.
  • the position Pajs corresponding to the predetermined position Paj may be aligned with respect to the conveyance direction.
  • the amount of deviation ⁇ Paj in the transport direction between the former position Paj and the latter position Pajs is within ⁇ 5% (preferably within ⁇ 1%) of the print pitch P5 (FIG. 6) of the illustration IL.
  • the continuous sheet 5a of the sheet roll 5ar supported by the other rotating shaft portion 21a2 may be connected to the continuous sheet 5a fed out by one rotating shaft portion 21a1.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic side view for explanation.
  • the sensor 29 includes two imaging devices 57c and 57c and an image processing device 57ip that performs image processing on each image data transmitted from the two imaging devices 57c and 57c.
  • One imaging device 57c of the two imaging devices 57c, 57c is provided corresponding to the temporary retreat position Ph, and is a continuous sheet fed out from the old sheet roll 5ar at the same position Ph at the aforementioned feeding speed value Vunw.
  • the illustration IL of 5a is detected.
  • the other imaging device 57c is provided corresponding to the feeding operation execution position Pe, and is accelerated to the same circumferential speed value as the feeding speed value Vunw at the same position Pe and rotates at the circumferential speed value.
  • the illustration IL of the new sheet roll 5ar is detected.
  • Both of the imaging devices 57c and 57c perform an imaging operation based on the above-described synchronization signal. For example, each time the rotation angle value of the synchronization signal matches a specified rotation angle value, the two imaging devices 57c and 57c perform an imaging operation.
  • the image processing device 57ip performs binarization processing or the like on each transmitted image data each time the image data is transmitted from the two imaging devices 57c and 57c, and thereby the image data of each image data is transmitted.
  • the pixels of the image capturing portion of the illustration IL in the image are extracted, and the position coordinates of each pixel are obtained.
  • the value of the Y coordinate of the position coordinate of the illustration IL of the new sheet roll 5ar is subtracted from the value of the Y coordinate of the position coordinate of the illustration IL of the continuous sheet 5a of the old sheet roll 5ar, thereby obtaining a subtraction value. And this subtraction value is transmitted to the controller 21c which controls rotation operation
  • the range of the subtraction value in the alignment state as described above that is, the range of the subtraction value in the alignment state in which the deviation amount ⁇ Paj in the transport direction is within ⁇ 5% of the print pitch P5 of the illustration IL.
  • the processor of the controller 21c multiplies the subtraction value by a predetermined control gain to obtain the acceleration value (m / sec 2 ).
  • the rotation shaft 21a located at the feeding operation execution position Pe is accelerated by this acceleration value, and after this acceleration, the speed is decelerated by substantially the reverse operation of the acceleration, and the peripheral speed value of the sheet roll 5ar is determined as the peripheral speed value before acceleration.
  • the position of the illustration IL of the new sheet roll 5ar is changed to the continuous sheet 5a of the old sheet roll 5ar while maintaining the peripheral speed value of the new sheet roll 5ar at the same value as the feeding speed value Vunw. It moves relative to the position of the illustration IL in the downstream in the transport direction, and thereby the former position can be brought closer to the latter position. Then, by repeating this process every time the above imaging operation is performed, the above alignment is realized.
  • the above-described alignment is performed, that is, the alignment is performed so that the deviation amount ⁇ Paj in the conveyance direction is within ⁇ 5% of the print pitch P5 of the illustration IL. Also good.
  • the material splicing device 25 of the second modified example stops the feeding operation from the new sheet roll.
  • the feeding operation from the old sheet roll 5ar is also stopped. Therefore, in this case, the alignment operation can be performed manually by the operator.
  • the manual operation can be understood without further explanation, and the explanation thereof is omitted.
  • the top sheet continuous sheet 3a is illustrated as the first sheet and the back sheet continuous sheet 5a is illustrated as the second sheet, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first sheet is a continuous sheet of an exterior sheet that forms the exterior of a diaper
  • the second sheet is a continuous sheet of an illustration sheet that is joined to the skin side of the exterior sheet and visible through the sheet.
  • it may be a continuous sheet of a leak-proof sheet on which an illustration IL is printed.
  • the illustration IL is illustrated as an example of the display element, and the illustration IL is configured by combining a plurality of symbols G, G...
  • the illustration IL may have only one symbol G.
  • the illustration IL may be composed of animals and plants such as flowers and symbols other than characters, and may be composed of symbols such as characters and geometric patterns, for example.
  • the formation of the display element is not limited to printing.
  • the pattern of the display element may be formed by pressing the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet as the second sheet in the thickness direction to form a plurality of dot-like recesses or a plurality of linear recesses.
  • the unit signal of the synchronization signal is a signal indicated by a rotation angle value of 0 ° to 360 °.
  • the unit signal of the synchronization signal may be configured with a digital value such as 0 to 8191.
  • the rotary encoder provided in the cutter device 80 in FIG. 4 generates the synchronization signal.
  • an appropriate controller such as a PLC may be generated.
  • the controller has a processor and a memory, and a program for generating a synchronization signal is stored in the memory in advance, and the processor reads out the program from the memory and executes it, whereby the unit signal of the synchronization signal May be generated repeatedly. Furthermore, the generation of the synchronization signal may be performed by an appropriate electric circuit instead of the processor that has read the program.
  • an apparatus having the imaging device 57c and the image processing device 57ip is exemplified as the detection sensor 57 related to the delivery device 51, but the present invention is not limited to this. That is, any sensor can be used as long as it can detect the above-described illustration IL and acquire the deviation amount in the transport direction.
  • a sensor having a phototube may be used. That is, the difference between the time when the detection signal is output from the phototube after detecting the passage of the illustration IL through the position of the phototube and the time when the synchronization signal outputs the above-mentioned prescribed rotation angle value stored in the memory in advance. Based on the above, the rotational operation of the nip rolls 52a and 52b of the delivery device 51 may be controlled.
  • the disposable diaper is illustrated as an example of the absorbent article.
  • the absorbent article is not limited to this as long as it is an article that absorbs the excretion fluid of the wearer.
  • the absorbent article is a sanitary napkin. Or a urine absorbing pad.
  • the illustration IL is illustrated as the display element, and as illustrated in FIG. 6, the illustrations IL and IL adjacent to each other at the printing pitch P5 in the continuous direction in the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet are exactly the same in configuration.
  • illustrations IL1 and IL2 having different configurations may be used.
  • the illustrations IL1 and IL2 are arranged so that the centroid positions PIL1 and PIL2 in the conveyance direction of the illustrations IL1 and IL2 having different configurations are in the same position in each region corresponding to the printing pitch P5.
  • IL2 is printed.
  • the detection sensor 57 described above can correctly calculate the shift amount of the illustrations IL1 and IL2 in the transport direction.
  • a rotation shaft portion 21 a that is inserted into a through hole at the center of the sheet roll 5 ar and rotatably supports the sheet roll 5 ar
  • a configuration including a drive source connected to the rotary shaft portion 21a and driving and rotating the rotary shaft portion 21a by applying a rotational force to the rotary shaft portion 21a has been disclosed, the invention is not limited to this.
  • the back sheet continuous sheet 5a may be fed out from the sheet roll 5ar by driving and rotating a belt member 21 'disposed in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the sheet roll 5ar.
  • the belt member 21 ′ rubs against the outer peripheral surface of the sheet roll 5 ar to cause wrinkles in the continuous sheet 5 a portion of the back sheet located on the outer peripheral surface or to loosen the same portion.
  • the continuous sheet 5a may be fed out toward the feeding device 51 in a state where wrinkles and slack are generated. Therefore, desirably, the feeding device 21 of the above-described embodiment is used so that such a problem does not occur.
  • the “tension value” is illustrated as an example of “the value related to the tension indicated by the value of the first sensor”, but the present invention is not limited to this. That is, any value other than the tension value may be used as long as the value increases or decreases in conjunction with the tension value.
  • a value obtained by multiplying a tension value by a predetermined constant (including a fraction) may be used, or a value obtained by adding a predetermined second constant (including a negative value) may be used.
  • a combined value may be used. In that case, it is needless to say that each tension target value corresponding to the “first, third, and fourth target values” according to the claims is set in correspondence with the above-described values. .
  • the “tension value” is illustrated as an example of “the value related to the tension indicated by the value of the second sensor”, but the present invention is not limited to this. That is, any value other than the tension value may be used as long as the value increases or decreases in conjunction with the tension value.
  • a value obtained by multiplying a tension value by a predetermined constant (including a fraction) may be used, or a value obtained by adding a predetermined second constant (including a negative value) may be used.
  • a combined value may be used. In this case, it is needless to say that the tension target value as the “second target value” according to the claims is set in correspondence with the above value.
  • the storage device 35 is disposed at a position downstream of the tension measuring device 31 in the transport direction, but this is not a limitation.
  • the storage device 35 may be arranged at a position upstream of the tension measuring device 31 in the transport direction. More specifically, the storage device 35 may be disposed between the material splicing device 25 and the tension measuring device 31.
  • a strain gauge is illustrated as an example of the first sensor 31s, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • a load cell may be used.
  • the strain gauge is illustrated as an example of the second sensor, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • a load cell may be used.
  • the controller 35 controls the linear servo motor based on the tension value output from the tension measuring device 31 to control the supply operation of the storage device 35 when the feeding operation is stopped. It was done by raising G35m, but it is not limited to this.
  • the feeding operation is performed.
  • About the ascending operation pattern (the graph of the relationship between the ascending speed (m / sec) and the time (sec)) for ascending the moving roller group G35m without loosening and pulling the continuous sheet 5a when stopping. Can also be calculated. Therefore, the above supply operation may be realized by storing the operation pattern in advance in the memory of the controller in the form of a program, and the controller processor controlling the position of the linear servo motor based on the program.
  • the accumulating device 35 accumulates the continuous sheet 5a up to a specified length at a relatively early time after the supply operation of the continuous sheet 5a, and then the next feeding operation.
  • the linear servo motor holds the moving roller group G35m by position control so that the moving roller group G35m does not move from the fixed position in the vertical direction corresponding to the specified length until the switching of Not exclusively.
  • the storage device 35 that has performed the supply operation may perform the storage operation immediately before the next feeding operation is switched. In that case, the storage device 35 maintains the loop of the continuous sheet 5a in a small loop state immediately after the supply operation until the start of the storage operation.
  • the linear servo motor may hold the moving roller group G35m by position control so that the moving roller group G35m does not move from the vertical position corresponding to this loop. In this way, when the moving roller 35m moves over a period from the end time of the supply operation to the start time of the accumulation operation, the continuous sheet 5a that can be generated by the inertia caused by the inertia of the roller 35m. Tension fluctuation can be effectively suppressed.
  • 1 Absorbent body 1a Continuous body of absorbent body (sheet-like member), 3 Top sheet, 3a Continuous sheet of top sheet (1st sheet), 4 Absorber, 4c Absorbent core, 5 Back sheet, 5a Back sheet Continuous sheet (second sheet), 5ae tip, 5ar sheet roll, 11 conveying device, 15 joining device, 15u belt conveyor, 15d belt conveyor, 21 feeding device, 21a rotating shaft portion, 21a1 rotating shaft portion, 21a2 rotating shaft Part, 23 belt conveyor, 21c controller, 25 material splicing device, 28p pressing member, 29 sensor, 31 tension measuring device, 31k converter, 31u roll, 31m roll, 31d roll, 31s strain gauge (first sensor), 35 Accumulator, 35m moving roller 35s fixed roller, 41 tension adjustment device, 41c controller, 41k drive roll, 41u roll, 41m roll, 41d roll, 51 delivery device, 52a nip roll, 52b nip roll, 53a amplifier, 53b amplifier, 55 controller, 57 detection sensor, 57c Camera (imaging device),

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Absorbent Articles And Supports Therefor (AREA)
  • Controlling Rewinding, Feeding, Winding, Or Abnormalities Of Webs (AREA)
  • Containers And Plastic Fillers For Packaging (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a method for manufacturing a sheet-shaped member for an absorbent article by overlapping and fixing first and second sheets (3a, 5a) at a merging position (Pj). A first pitch is set in a continuing direction on the first sheet (3a). Before reaching the state of a sheet roll (5ar), marking elements (IL) are formed on the second sheet (5a) with a second pitch smaller than the first pitch. A sensor (31s) outputs a value according to a force applied to a central roll (31m) from the second sheet (5a) wound around three rolls (31u, 31m, 31d) at fixed positions on the upstream side of a device (51), and a device (21) unwinds the second sheet (5a) from the sheet roll (5ar) on the basis of the value. The device (51) conveys the second sheet (5a) to the merging position (Pj) while changing a stretched state of the second sheet (5a) such that the marking elements (IL) are arranged with the first pitch and the marking elements (IL) are positioned at target positions on the first sheet (5a) on the basis of the first pitch.

Description

吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法、及び製造装置Manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus for sheet-like member according to absorbent article
 本発明は、使い捨ておむつ等の吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法、及び製造装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a sheet-like member and an apparatus for manufacturing absorbent articles such as disposable diapers.
 図1の概略側面図に示すように、吸収性物品の一例としての使い捨ておむつの製造ラインLM’では、連続する第1シート3a’と、連続する第2シート5a’とを重ね合わせて固定してシート状部材1a’を製造することが行われる。そして、特許文献1には、かかるシート状部材1a’の製造方法の一例として、次のような方法が開示されている。 As shown in the schematic side view of FIG. 1, in a disposable diaper production line LM ′ as an example of an absorbent article, a continuous first sheet 3 a ′ and a continuous second sheet 5 a ′ are overlapped and fixed. Thus, the sheet-like member 1a ′ is manufactured. Patent Document 1 discloses the following method as an example of a method for manufacturing the sheet-like member 1a '.
 先ず、第1シート3a’には、当該第1シート3a’の連続方向に各おむつに対応させて所定の製品ピッチP3’が仮想的に設定されている。そして、この例では、既にこの時点において、当該第1シート3a’には、連続方向に製品ピッチP3’で吸収体4’,4’…が並んで固定されている。そして、この状態で当該第1シート3a’は、連続方向を搬送方向として搬送装置11’によって搬送されている。 First, a predetermined product pitch P3 'is virtually set in the first sheet 3a' so as to correspond to each diaper in the continuous direction of the first sheet 3a '. In this example, at this point in time, the absorbers 4 ', 4',... Are fixed to the first sheet 3a 'at the product pitch P3' in the continuous direction. In this state, the first sheet 3a 'is conveyed by the conveying device 11' with the continuous direction as the conveying direction.
 また、第2シート5a’については、基本的にシートロール5ar’の状態で製造ラインLM’に搬入されるが、このシートロール5ar’の状態に巻き取られる前には、同シート5a’には、連続方向に製品ピッチP3’よりも小さい印刷ピッチP5’でイラスト等の表示要素(不図示)が形成されている。そして、同製造ラインLM’の繰り出し装置21’によってシートロール5ar’から繰り出された第2シート5a’を第1シート3a’の搬送経路の合流位置Pj’へと送り出し装置51’が送り出す際には、当該送り出し装置51’は、第2シート5a’の表示要素が製品ピッチP3’で並ぶように、且つ製品ピッチP3’に基づいて定まる第1シート3’上の表示要素の配置目標位置に表示要素が位置するように第2シート5a’の伸長状態を変更して、これにより、各表示要素が第1シート3a’の製品ピッチP3’に対応した適正配置状態で第2シート5a’が第1シート3a’に重ね合わせられて固定されるようにしている。 The second sheet 5a ′ is basically carried into the production line LM ′ in the state of the sheet roll 5ar ′, but before being wound into the state of the sheet roll 5ar ′, the second sheet 5a ′ is loaded on the sheet 5a ′. In the continuous direction, display elements (not shown) such as illustrations are formed at a printing pitch P5 ′ smaller than the product pitch P3 ′. When the delivery device 51 ′ sends out the second sheet 5a ′ fed from the sheet roll 5ar ′ by the feeding device 21 ′ of the production line LM ′ to the joining position Pj ′ in the transport path of the first sheet 3a ′. The delivery device 51 ′ has the display element placement target position on the first sheet 3 ′ determined based on the product pitch P3 ′ so that the display elements of the second sheet 5a ′ are arranged at the product pitch P3 ′. The extension state of the second sheet 5a ′ is changed so that the display elements are positioned, whereby the second sheet 5a ′ is in an appropriate arrangement state in which each display element corresponds to the product pitch P3 ′ of the first sheet 3a ′. The first sheet 3a ′ is overlaid and fixed.
 一方、この特許文献1の製造方法では、第2シート5a’の搬送経路における繰り出し装置21’と送り出し装置51’との間の位置に所謂ダンサーロールDNC’が配置されている。そして、このダンサーロールDNC’に第2シート5a’を掛け回すことにより、当該第2シート5a’の搬送中の張力を検出し、この検出信号に基づいて上記の繰り出し装置21’の繰り出し速度値Vunw’(m/秒)を制御していて、これにより、第2シート5a’の張力を一定に維持している。詳しくは次の通りである。 
 例えば、第2シート5a’の張力が変動して当該張力がダンサーロールDNC’の自重の半値よりも大きくなった場合には、第2シート5a’に持ち上げられる形でダンサーロールDNC’は規定の位置よりも上昇するが、その場合には、ダンサーロールDNC’の位置が上記の規定の位置へと戻るように、繰り出し装置21’の繰り出し速度値Vunw’を増やして、これにより、張力は変動前の値へと調整される。一方、当該張力が変動して当該張力がダンサーロールDNC’の自重の半値よりも小さくなった場合には、第2シート5a’でダンサーロールDNC’の自重を支え切れなくなることからダンサーロールDNC’は規定の位置よりも下降するが、その場合には、ダンサーロールDNC’の位置が上記の規定の位置へと戻るように、繰り出し装置21’の繰り出し速度値Vunw’を減らして、これにより、張力は変動前の値へと調整される。
On the other hand, in the manufacturing method of Patent Document 1, a so-called dancer roll DNC ′ is disposed at a position between the feeding device 21 ′ and the feeding device 51 ′ in the conveyance path of the second sheet 5a ′. And the tension | tensile_strength in conveyance of the said 2nd sheet | seat 5a 'is detected by winding this dancer roll DNC' around the 2nd sheet | seat 5a ', Based on this detection signal, feeding speed value of said feeding apparatus 21' Vunw ′ (m / sec) is controlled, whereby the tension of the second sheet 5a ′ is kept constant. Details are as follows.
For example, when the tension of the second sheet 5a ′ fluctuates and the tension becomes larger than the half value of the weight of the dancer roll DNC ′, the dancer roll DNC ′ is lifted up to the second sheet 5a ′ so that the dancer roll DNC ′ In this case, the feeding speed value Vunw ′ of the feeding device 21 ′ is increased so that the position of the dancer roll DNC ′ returns to the above-mentioned prescribed position, whereby the tension varies. Adjusted to previous value. On the other hand, when the tension fluctuates and the tension becomes less than half the weight of the dancer roll DNC ′, the dancer roll DNC ′ cannot support the weight of the dancer roll DNC ′ with the second sheet 5a ′. Is lowered from the specified position. In this case, the feeding speed value Vunw ′ of the feeding device 21 ′ is decreased so that the position of the dancer roll DNC ′ returns to the prescribed position. The tension is adjusted to the value before the change.
 そして、かかる機能のダンサーロールDNC’を有した構成によれば、送り出し装置51’でなされる伸長状態の変更に伴って生じ得る第2シート5a’の張力の変動が、搬送方向の上流側へと遡って伝播する場合に、当該変動を、上記の繰り出し速度値Vunw’の制御に基づいて縮小することができる。よって、張力の変動が抑制された第2シート5a’を送り出し装置51’へ送ることができて、このことも、上述の配置目標位置への表示要素の位置合わせの精度向上に寄与し得る。 According to the configuration having the dancer roll DNC ′ having such a function, the fluctuation in the tension of the second sheet 5a ′ that can be caused by the change in the stretched state performed by the feeding device 51 ′ is moved upstream in the transport direction. , The fluctuation can be reduced based on the control of the feeding speed value Vunw ′. Therefore, the second sheet 5a 'in which the variation in tension is suppressed can be sent to the feeding device 51', which can also contribute to improving the accuracy of positioning the display element to the above-described arrangement target position.
特許4246020号Japanese Patent No. 4246020
 しかしながら、上述のようにダンサーロールDNC’は、所定方向に往復移動することに基づいて第2シート5a’の張力の変動を検出する。すなわち、張力の変動に応じて、ダンサーロールDNC’は、往復移動方向に並進移動する。すると、この移動に伴って、ダンサーロールDNC’の慣性起因の力が第2シート5a’に作用してしまい得て、その結果、第2シート5a’の張力に新たな変動を生じさせてしまう恐れがある。例えば、停止状態のダンサーロールDNC’が移動し始める際には、上記の慣性起因の力が移動方向と逆方向に第2シート5a’に作用し得て、これにより、第2シート5a’の張力が変動する恐れがあり、逆に、移動状態のダンサーロールDNC’が停止する際には、上記の慣性起因の力が移動方向に第2シート5a’に作用し得て、これにより、第2シート5a’の張力が変動する恐れがある。 
 そして、その結果、張力の変動が有効に抑制されていない状態のまま当該第2シート5a’を送り出し装置51’へ送ることになってしまい、このことは、上述の配置目標位置への位置合わせの精度向上への寄与を縮小してしまい得る。すなわち、上述した第2シート5a’の表示要素が製品ピッチP3’等で並ぶように、且つ第2シート5a’の表示要素を第1シート3a’上の表示要素の配置目標位置に高い精度で位置させることを阻害してしまい得る。
However, as described above, the dancer roll DNC ′ detects a variation in the tension of the second sheet 5a ′ based on reciprocal movement in a predetermined direction. That is, the dancer roll DNC ′ translates in the reciprocating direction in accordance with the change in tension. Then, with this movement, the force due to the inertia of the dancer roll DNC ′ can act on the second sheet 5a ′, and as a result, a new fluctuation is caused in the tension of the second sheet 5a ′. There is a fear. For example, when the dancer roll DNC ′ in a stopped state starts to move, the force due to the inertia can act on the second sheet 5a ′ in the direction opposite to the moving direction, and thereby the second sheet 5a ′ In contrast, when the dancer roll DNC ′ in the moving state stops, the inertia-induced force can act on the second sheet 5a ′ in the moving direction, thereby There is a possibility that the tension of the two sheets 5a ′ may fluctuate.
As a result, the second sheet 5a ′ is sent to the feeding device 51 ′ in a state in which the variation in tension is not effectively suppressed, and this is the alignment to the above-described arrangement target position. The contribution to improving the accuracy can be reduced. In other words, the display elements of the second sheet 5a ′ are arranged with the product pitch P3 ′ and the like, and the display elements of the second sheet 5a ′ are placed at the display element arrangement target positions on the first sheet 3a ′ with high accuracy. Positioning may be hindered.
 本発明は、上記のような従来の問題に鑑みてなされたものであって、その目的は、第2シートのイラスト等の表示要素が製品ピッチ等の第1ピッチで並ぶように、且つ当該第1ピッチに基づいて定まる第1シート上の表示要素の配置目標位置に表示要素が位置するように、高い精度で第2シートを第1シートに重ね合わせて固定可能にすることにある。 The present invention has been made in view of the conventional problems as described above, and the object thereof is to make display elements such as illustrations of the second sheet lined up at a first pitch such as a product pitch, and so on. The second sheet is placed on the first sheet and can be fixed with high accuracy so that the display element is positioned at the target position of the display element on the first sheet determined based on one pitch.
 上記目的を達成するための主たる発明は、
 連続する第1シートと連続する第2シートとを、互いの連続方向を揃えつつ重ね合わせて固定して吸収性物品に係るシート状部材を製造する方法であって、
 前記第1シートには、前記第1シートの連続方向に前記吸収性物品に対応させて所定の第1ピッチが設定されており、
 前記第2シートの連続方向に当該第2シートが巻き取られてシートロールの状態にされる前に、前記第2シートには、前記連続方向に前記第1ピッチよりも小さい第2ピッチで表示要素が形成されており、
 前記シートロールから前記第2シートを繰り出し装置が繰り出すことと、
 繰り出されて前記連続方向を搬送方向として搬送される前記第2シートを、前記第1シートの搬送経路の合流位置へ送り出し装置が送り出すことと、を有し、
 前記繰り出すことにおいては、前記搬送方向の前記送り出し装置よりも上流側の定位置で回転可能に支持された3本のロールに前記第2シートを掛け回した状態で、前記3本のロールのうちの真ん中のロールに対して前記第2シートから付与される力に応じた値を第1のセンサーが出力するとともに、前記値に基づいて前記繰り出し装置は前記シートロールからの前記第2シートの繰り出し動作を行い、
 前記送り出すことにおいては、前記搬送方向に搬送される前記第2シートの前記表示要素が前記第1ピッチで並ぶように、且つ前記第1ピッチに基づいて定まる前記第1シート上の前記表示要素の配置目標位置に前記表示要素が位置するように、前記送り出し装置が前記第2シートの前記搬送方向の伸長状態を変更することを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法である。 
 また、
 連続する第1シートと連続する第2シートとを、互いの連続方向を揃えつつ重ね合わせて固定して吸収性物品に係るシート状部材を製造する装置であって、
 前記第1シートには、前記第1シートの連続方向に前記吸収性物品に対応させて所定の第1ピッチが設定されており、
 前記第2シートの連続方向に当該第2シートが巻き取られてシートロールの状態にされる前に、前記第2シートには、前記連続方向に前記第1ピッチよりも小さい第2ピッチで表示要素が形成されており、
 前記シートロールから前記第2シートを繰り出す繰り出し装置と、
 繰り出されて前記連続方向を搬送方向として搬送される前記第2シートを、前記第1シートの搬送経路の合流位置へ送り出す送り出し装置と、
 前記搬送方向における前記繰り出し装置と前記送り出し装置との間の定位置で回転可能に支持された3本のロールと、
 前記3本のロールに前記第2シートを掛け回した状態で、前記3本のロールのうちの真ん中のロールに対して前記第2シートから付与される力に応じた値を出力する第1のセンサーと、を有し、
 前記繰り出し装置は、前記値に基づいて前記シートロールからの前記第2シートの繰り出し動作を行い、
 前記送り出し装置は、前記第2シートを送り出しながら、前記搬送方向に搬送される前記第2シートの前記表示要素が前記第1ピッチで並ぶように、且つ前記第1ピッチに基づいて定まる前記第1シート上の前記表示要素の配置目標位置に前記表示要素が位置するように、前記第2シートの前記搬送方向の伸長状態を変更することを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造装置である。 
 本発明の他の特徴については、本明細書及び添付図面の記載により明らかにする。
The main invention for achieving the above object is:
A method for producing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article by stacking and fixing a continuous first sheet and a continuous second sheet while aligning each other's continuous direction,
In the first sheet, a predetermined first pitch is set in correspondence with the absorbent article in the continuous direction of the first sheet,
Before the second sheet is wound up in the continuous direction of the second sheet to be in a sheet roll state, the second sheet is displayed at a second pitch smaller than the first pitch in the continuous direction. Elements are formed,
A feeding device for feeding out the second sheet from the sheet roll;
A feeding device that feeds the second sheet that is fed out and transported with the continuous direction as the transport direction, to a merging position of the transport path of the first sheet;
In the feeding, in the state where the second sheet is hung around three rolls rotatably supported at a fixed position upstream of the feeding device in the transport direction, The first sensor outputs a value corresponding to the force applied from the second sheet to the middle roll, and based on the value, the feeding device feeds the second sheet from the sheet roll. Perform the action
In the sending out, the display elements on the first sheet are determined so that the display elements of the second sheet conveyed in the conveyance direction are arranged at the first pitch and based on the first pitch. In the method for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to the absorbent article, the feeding device changes an extension state of the second sheet in the transport direction so that the display element is positioned at a target position.
Also,
An apparatus for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article by overlapping and fixing a continuous first sheet and a continuous second sheet while aligning each other's continuous direction,
In the first sheet, a predetermined first pitch is set in correspondence with the absorbent article in the continuous direction of the first sheet,
Before the second sheet is wound up in the continuous direction of the second sheet to be in a sheet roll state, the second sheet is displayed at a second pitch smaller than the first pitch in the continuous direction. Elements are formed,
A feeding device for feeding out the second sheet from the sheet roll;
A delivery device for delivering the second sheet that is fed out and conveyed with the continuous direction as a conveyance direction, to a joining position of a conveyance path of the first sheet;
Three rolls rotatably supported at a fixed position between the feeding device and the feeding device in the transport direction;
In a state where the second sheet is wound around the three rolls, a first value is output according to the force applied from the second sheet to the middle roll of the three rolls. A sensor, and
The feeding device performs a feeding operation of the second sheet from the sheet roll based on the value,
The feeding device is configured to determine the first sheet so that the display elements of the second sheet conveyed in the conveying direction are arranged at the first pitch while feeding the second sheet and based on the first pitch. An apparatus for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article, wherein an extension state of the second sheet in the transport direction is changed so that the display element is positioned at a target position of the display element on the sheet It is.
Other features of the present invention will become apparent from the description of the present specification and the accompanying drawings.
 本発明によれば、第2シートのイラスト等の表示要素が製品ピッチ等の第1ピッチで並ぶように、且つ当該第1ピッチに基づいて定まる第1シート上の表示要素の配置目標位置に表示要素が位置するように、高い精度で第2シートを第1シートに重ね合わせて固定可能となる。 According to the present invention, display elements such as illustrations of the second sheet are displayed at the arrangement target position of the display elements on the first sheet determined based on the first pitch so that the display elements are arranged at the first pitch such as the product pitch. The second sheet can be overlapped and fixed on the first sheet with high accuracy so that the element is positioned.
吸収性物品に係るシート状部材1a’の製造方法の一例の説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of an example of the manufacturing method of the sheet-like member 1a 'concerning an absorbent article. 図2Aは、吸収性本体1を非肌側から見た概略平面図であり、図2Bは、図2A中のB-B断面図である。2A is a schematic plan view of the absorbent main body 1 viewed from the non-skin side, and FIG. 2B is a cross-sectional view taken along the line BB in FIG. 2A. 吸収性本体1の元となる吸収性本体の連続体1aの概略平面図である。It is a schematic plan view of the continuous body 1a of the absorptive main body which becomes the origin of the absorptive main body 1. 本実施形態のシート状部材1aの製造ラインLMの概略側面図である。It is a schematic side view of the manufacturing line LM of the sheet-like member 1a of this embodiment. 繰り出し装置21及び張力計測装置31の概略拡大側面図である。2 is a schematic enlarged side view of a feeding device 21 and a tension measuring device 31. FIG. 別の工場等で複数のイラストIL,IL…が連続方向に印刷ピッチP5で印刷されたバックシートの連続シート5aの概略平面図である。6 is a schematic plan view of a continuous sheet 5a of a back sheet on which a plurality of illustrations IL, IL... Are printed in a continuous direction at a printing pitch P5 in another factory or the like. イラストILaがワンポイント的に狭い範囲に印刷されたバックシートの連続シート5aの概略平面図である。It is a schematic plan view of the backsheet continuous sheet 5a on which the illustration ILa is printed in a narrow range in one point. 図8Aは、本実施形態のバックシートの連続シート5aの処理系統L5aにおける搬送方向の上流側の部分の概略平面図であり、図8Bは、同処理系統L5aにおける上流側の部分の装置21,31の配置が、上述の実施形態と異なる例の概略平面図である。FIG. 8A is a schematic plan view of an upstream portion in the conveying direction in the processing system L5a of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet of the present embodiment, and FIG. 8B is an apparatus 21 in the upstream portion of the processing system L5a. 31 is a schematic plan view of an example in which the arrangement of 31 is different from the above-described embodiment. 本実施形態の第1変形例の製造ラインLMの概略側面図である。It is a schematic side view of the production line LM of the 1st modification of this embodiment. 本実施形態の第2変形例の製造ラインLMの概略側面図である。It is a schematic side view of the production line LM of the 2nd modification of this embodiment. 本実施形態の第3変形例の製造ラインLMの概略側面図である。It is a schematic side view of the production line LM of the 3rd modification of this embodiment. 図12A乃至図12Eは、第3変形例でなされる接続処理を説明するための概略側面図である。12A to 12E are schematic side views for explaining the connection processing performed in the third modified example. 接続処理の際に位置合わせすべき二つの位置Paj,Pajsの説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of two position Paj and Pajs which should be aligned in the case of a connection process. 上記の位置合わせを実現する方法の説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of the method of implement | achieving said position alignment. 連続方向に印刷ピッチP5で互いに異なるイラストIL1,IL2が隣り合って印刷されたバックシートの連続シート5aの概略平面図である。It is a schematic plan view of a continuous sheet 5a of a back sheet on which different illustrations IL1 and IL2 are printed adjacent to each other at a printing pitch P5 in the continuous direction.
 本明細書及び添付図面の記載により、少なくとも以下の事項が明らかとなる。 
 連続する第1シートと連続する第2シートとを、互いの連続方向を揃えつつ重ね合わせて固定して吸収性物品に係るシート状部材を製造する方法であって、
 前記第1シートには、前記第1シートの連続方向に前記吸収性物品に対応させて所定の第1ピッチが設定されており、
 前記第2シートの連続方向に当該第2シートが巻き取られてシートロールの状態にされる前に、前記第2シートには、前記連続方向に前記第1ピッチよりも小さい第2ピッチで表示要素が形成されており、
 前記シートロールから前記第2シートを繰り出し装置が繰り出すことと、
 繰り出されて前記連続方向を搬送方向として搬送される前記第2シートを、前記第1シートの搬送経路の合流位置へ送り出し装置が送り出すことと、を有し、
 前記繰り出すことにおいては、前記搬送方向の前記送り出し装置よりも上流側の定位置で回転可能に支持された3本のロールに前記第2シートを掛け回した状態で、前記3本のロールのうちの真ん中のロールに対して前記第2シートから付与される力に応じた値を第1のセンサーが出力するとともに、前記値に基づいて前記繰り出し装置は前記シートロールからの前記第2シートの繰り出し動作を行い、
 前記送り出すことにおいては、前記搬送方向に搬送される前記第2シートの前記表示要素が前記第1ピッチで並ぶように、且つ前記第1ピッチに基づいて定まる前記第1シート上の前記表示要素の配置目標位置に前記表示要素が位置するように、前記送り出し装置が前記第2シートの前記搬送方向の伸長状態を変更することを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法である。
At least the following matters will become apparent from the description of the present specification and the accompanying drawings.
A method for producing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article by stacking and fixing a continuous first sheet and a continuous second sheet while aligning each other's continuous direction,
In the first sheet, a predetermined first pitch is set in correspondence with the absorbent article in the continuous direction of the first sheet,
Before the second sheet is wound up in the continuous direction of the second sheet to be in a sheet roll state, the second sheet is displayed at a second pitch smaller than the first pitch in the continuous direction. Elements are formed,
A feeding device for feeding out the second sheet from the sheet roll;
A feeding device that feeds the second sheet that is fed out and transported with the continuous direction as the transport direction, to a merging position of the transport path of the first sheet;
In the feeding, in the state where the second sheet is hung around three rolls rotatably supported at a fixed position upstream of the feeding device in the transport direction, The first sensor outputs a value corresponding to the force applied from the second sheet to the middle roll, and based on the value, the feeding device feeds the second sheet from the sheet roll. Perform the action
In the sending out, the display elements on the first sheet are determined so that the display elements of the second sheet conveyed in the conveyance direction are arranged at the first pitch and based on the first pitch. In the method for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to the absorbent article, the feeding device changes an extension state of the second sheet in the transport direction so that the display element is positioned at a target position.
 このような吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法によれば、上記の3本のロールのうちの真ん中のロールに第2シートから付与される力に応じた値が第1のセンサーから出力される。そして、当該値に基づいて繰り出し装置がシートロールからの第2シートの繰り出し動作を行うが、かかる力は、第2シートの張力の増減に連動して増減する力であるので、当該張力の代替指標となり得る力である。よって、上述のように当該力に応じた値に基づいて繰り出し動作を行えば、送り出し装置による第2シートの伸長状態の変更に伴って生じ得る第2シートの張力の変動を縮小することができる。そして、これにより、張力の変動が抑制された第2シートを送り出し装置へ送ることができる。 
 また、上記の3本のロールは定位置に支持されていて、これらロールは回転する以外はほぼ移動しない。すなわち、基本的に並進移動はしない。よって、これらロールのうちの少なくとも一つのロールが並進移動する場合に起こり得る前述の問題、すなわち、並進移動に伴って前述のロールの慣性起因の力により第2シートに新たな張力の変動が発生するという問題を概ね回避することができて、その結果、第2シートを、上述の張力の変動が抑制された状態で送り出し装置へ送ることができる。そして、これにより、送り出し装置は、第2シートの伸長状態の変更を高い精度で行うことができて、その結果、上記の送り出すことにおいて、送り出し装置は、第2シートの表示要素が第1ピッチで並ぶように、且つ第1ピッチに基づいて定まる第1シート上の表示要素の配置目標位置に表示要素が位置するように、高い精度で第2シートを第1シートに重ね合わせて固定可能となる。
According to the method for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article, a value corresponding to the force applied from the second sheet to the middle roll among the three rolls is output from the first sensor. Is done. Based on the value, the feeding device performs the feeding operation of the second sheet from the sheet roll. This force is a force that increases and decreases in conjunction with the increase and decrease of the tension of the second sheet. It can be an indicator. Therefore, if the feeding operation is performed based on the value corresponding to the force as described above, the fluctuation in the tension of the second sheet that can be caused by the change in the extension state of the second sheet by the feeding device can be reduced. . And thereby, the 2nd sheet | seat in which the fluctuation | variation of tension | tensile_strength was suppressed can be sent to a sending-out apparatus.
Further, the above three rolls are supported at fixed positions, and these rolls hardly move except for rotation. That is, basically no translation is performed. Therefore, the above-mentioned problem that may occur when at least one of these rolls moves in translation, that is, a change in new tension occurs in the second sheet due to the inertial force of the roll accompanying the translation. As a result, the second sheet can be sent to the feeding device in a state in which the above-described tension variation is suppressed. As a result, the feeding device can change the extension state of the second sheet with high accuracy. As a result, in the above feeding, the feeding device is configured such that the display element of the second sheet has the first pitch. The second sheet can be superimposed and fixed on the first sheet with high accuracy so that the display element is positioned at the target position of the display element on the first sheet determined based on the first pitch. Become.
 かかる吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
 前記繰り出し装置は、回転軸部と、前記回転軸部に連結されて前記回転軸部に回転力を付与して当該回転軸部を駆動回転する駆動源と、を有し、
 前記シートロールが中心部に有する貫通孔に前記回転軸部が挿入されて当該回転軸部で前記シートロールを支持した状態で、前記回転軸部が前記第1のセンサーの前記値に基づいて駆動回転することにより、前記繰り出し動作が行われるのが望ましい。
A method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article,
The feeding device includes a rotation shaft portion, and a drive source that is connected to the rotation shaft portion and applies rotational force to the rotation shaft portion to drive and rotate the rotation shaft portion.
The rotary shaft is driven based on the value of the first sensor in a state where the rotary shaft is inserted into a through-hole in the center of the sheet roll and the sheet roll is supported by the rotary shaft. It is desirable that the feeding operation is performed by rotating.
 このような吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法によれば、シートロールの中心部の貫通孔に挿入された回転軸部を駆動回転することによって、シートロールから第2シートを繰り出す。そのため、例えば、シートロールの外周面に当接するベルト部材を駆動周回することによりシートロールから第2シートを繰り出す構成の場合に起こり得る不具合、すなわち、シートロールの外周面をベルト部材が擦ってしまって外周面に位置する第2シートの部分に皺を生じさせてしまったり同部分を弛ませてしまう等の不具合を確実に回避することができる。そして、これにより、繰り出し装置は、ほぼ皺や弛みが抑制された状態で第2シートを送り出し装置へ向けて繰り出すことができて、このことも、上述の送り出し装置が行う配置目標位置への表示要素の位置合わせの精度向上に寄与する。 According to the method for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article, the second sheet is fed out from the sheet roll by driving and rotating the rotating shaft portion inserted into the through hole in the central portion of the sheet roll. Therefore, for example, the belt member that rubs the outer peripheral surface of the sheet roll, that is, a problem that may occur when the second sheet is fed out from the sheet roll by driving the belt member that contacts the outer peripheral surface of the sheet roll. Thus, it is possible to reliably avoid problems such as wrinkling in the second sheet portion located on the outer peripheral surface or loosening of the portion. Thus, the feeding device can feed the second sheet toward the feeding device in a state in which wrinkles and slack are substantially suppressed, and this is also displayed on the arrangement target position performed by the feeding device described above. Contributes to improving the accuracy of element alignment.
 かかる吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
 前記第1のセンサーの前記値が示す張力に係る値が、規定の第1の目標値に近づくように、前記繰り出し装置の前記繰り出し動作が行われるのが望ましい。
A method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article,
It is desirable that the feeding operation of the feeding device is performed so that a value related to the tension indicated by the value of the first sensor approaches a prescribed first target value.
 このような吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法によれば、上記第1のセンサーの値が示す張力に係る値が、規定の第1の目標値に近づくように、繰り出し装置の繰り出し動作が行われる。よって、送り出し装置による第2シートの伸長状態の変更に伴って生じ得る第2シートの張力の変動を、繰り出し装置の繰り出し動作によって確実に縮小可能となる。 According to the manufacturing method of the sheet-like member related to such an absorbent article, the feeding operation of the feeding device is performed so that the value relating to the tension indicated by the value of the first sensor approaches the prescribed first target value. Is done. Therefore, the fluctuation in the tension of the second sheet that can be caused by the change in the extension state of the second sheet by the feeding device can be reliably reduced by the feeding operation of the feeding device.
 かかる吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
 前記送り出し装置で伸長状態を変更後の前記第2シートの伸長倍率よりも、前記真ん中のロールの位置での前記第2シートの前記搬送方向の伸長倍率の方が大きくなるように、前記第1の目標値が設定されているのが望ましい。
A method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article,
The first sheet is so stretched in the conveying direction that the second sheet is at the middle roll position, rather than in the middle roll, after the stretching ratio of the second sheet has been changed by the feeding device. It is desirable that the target value is set.
 このような吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法によれば、シートロールが内在し得る第2シートの伸縮性のばらつきを、繰り出す際に小さくすることができて、これにより、送り出し装置は、第2シートの伸長状態の変更を高い精度で行えるようになる。詳しくは次の通りである。一般に、第2シートを巻き取ってシートロールの状態にする際には、連続方向に張力を付与して第2シートを伸長しながら巻き取るが、その際には、巻き取り性向上の観点から、通常張力の値たる張力値は、巻き取り処理に適した値に適宜変更されて、その結果、当該張力値は一定ではなくなっている。そのため、シートロールの状態においては、第2シートの連続方向の各位置に応じて同シートの伸長状態が異なっていて、このように異なった伸長状態で暫く放置されると、その間に、第2シートの伸縮性がばらついてしまい得る。すなわち、第2シートは、伸縮し易い部分と伸縮し難い部分とを連続方向に関して有した状態となってしまい得る。 
 そして、このように伸縮性のばらつきを有した状態のまま、上記の送り出し装置で第2シートの伸長状態を変更すると、当該変更に、ばらつきの影響が及び得て、その結果、当該伸長状態の変更を高い精度で行うことができなくなる恐れがある。 
 この点につき、この製造方法では、送り出し装置で伸長状態を変更後の第2シートの伸長倍率よりも、繰り出すことに係る上記の真ん中のロールの位置での第2シートの伸長倍率の方が大きくなるように、上記第1の目標値が設定されている。よって、上記の繰り出すことにおいては、シートロールから繰り出される第2シートにおいて表示要素の並ぶピッチが上記の第1ピッチよりも大きくなるように第2シートを伸長することができる。そして、これにより、その後に送り出し装置が第2シートの伸長状態を変更する際には、少なくとも上記の表示要素が並ぶピッチが上記の第1ピッチになるまでの範囲においては、第2シートの伸縮性のばらつきが小さい状態となっている。つまり、当該ばらつきが平滑化された状態となっている。そのため、送り出し装置は、伸縮性のばらつきの影響を軽減した状態で第2シートの搬送方向の伸長状態を変更することができて、これにより、当該変更を高い精度で行うことができる。
According to the method for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article, the variation in stretchability of the second sheet in which the sheet roll can be contained can be reduced when the sheet roll is fed out. The extension state of the second sheet can be changed with high accuracy. Details are as follows. In general, when the second sheet is wound into a sheet roll state, the second sheet is wound while being stretched by applying tension in the continuous direction. In that case, from the viewpoint of improving the winding property. The tension value as the normal tension value is appropriately changed to a value suitable for the winding process, and as a result, the tension value is not constant. Therefore, in the state of the sheet roll, the extension state of the second sheet differs depending on each position in the continuous direction of the second sheet, and if the sheet is left for a while in such a different extension state, The stretchability of the sheet can vary. That is, the second sheet can be in a state having a portion that is easily stretchable and a portion that is difficult to stretch in the continuous direction.
And, when the stretched state of the second sheet is changed by the above-described feeding device while maintaining the variation in stretchability in this way, the variation is affected by the variation, and as a result, the stretched state There is a risk that changes cannot be made with high accuracy.
With regard to this point, in this manufacturing method, the expansion ratio of the second sheet at the position of the middle roll relating to feeding is larger than the expansion ratio of the second sheet after the expansion state is changed by the feeding device. Thus, the first target value is set. Therefore, in the above-described feeding, the second sheet can be extended so that the pitch of the display elements arranged on the second sheet fed from the sheet roll is larger than the first pitch. As a result, when the feeding device subsequently changes the extension state of the second sheet, the second sheet expands and contracts at least in the range until the pitch at which the display elements are arranged becomes the first pitch. The variation in sex is small. That is, the variation is in a smoothed state. Therefore, the feeding device can change the extended state in the conveyance direction of the second sheet in a state where the influence of the variation in stretchability is reduced, and thus the change can be performed with high accuracy.
 かかる吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
 前記送り出し装置から前記合流位置へと前記第2シートは平面視で所定方向に沿って搬送され、
 前記3本のロールの配置位置では、前記第2シートは、平面視で前記所定方向と交差する交差方向に沿って搬送され、
 前記搬送方向において前記3本のロールと前記送り出し装置との間の位置に配された棒状部材に前記第2シートが掛け回されることによって、前記第2シートの前記搬送方向が前記交差方向から前記所定方向へと変更されるのが望ましい。
A method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article,
The second sheet is conveyed from the delivery device to the merging position along a predetermined direction in plan view,
In the arrangement position of the three rolls, the second sheet is conveyed along an intersecting direction intersecting the predetermined direction in a plan view,
The second sheet is wound around a rod-shaped member disposed at a position between the three rolls and the feeding device in the transport direction, so that the transport direction of the second sheet is changed from the intersecting direction. It is desirable to change in the predetermined direction.
 このような吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法によれば、上記の棒状部材によって、第2シートの搬送方向を平面視で上記交差方向から上記所定方向へと変更することができる。よって、送り出し装置と合流位置とを結ぶ上記所定方向と平面視で交差する上記交差方向に関して上記送り出し装置とはずれた位置に上記の3本のロールを配置することができる。そして、これにより、この製造方法に供する装置群の全長寸法を上記所定方向に関して短くすることができて、その結果、当該装置群のコンパクト化を図れる。 
 一方、かかる搬送方向の変更機能を有した上記の棒状部材を設けると、当該棒状部材の位置で第2シートの張力の変動が生じた場合に、第2シートが棒状部材に引っ掛かったり棒状部材との間の摺動抵抗が過大になる等、トラブルをより誘発し易くなる。しかし、この点につき、この製造方法によれば、前述したように3本のロールの慣性起因の力による新たな張力の変動の発生の問題が概ね回避される等、第2シートの張力の変動は抑制されている。そのため、上記のトラブルの誘発も有効に防ぐことができる。
According to the method for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article, the conveying direction of the second sheet can be changed from the intersecting direction to the predetermined direction in plan view by the rod-like member. Therefore, the three rolls can be arranged at a position deviating from the feeding device with respect to the crossing direction intersecting the predetermined direction connecting the feeding device and the joining position in plan view. And thereby, the full length dimension of the apparatus group provided to this manufacturing method can be shortened regarding the said predetermined direction, As a result, the said apparatus group can be made compact.
On the other hand, when the rod-shaped member having the function of changing the conveying direction is provided, the second sheet is caught by the rod-shaped member or the rod-shaped member when the variation of the tension of the second sheet occurs at the position of the rod-shaped member. Troubles are more likely to be induced, such as excessive sliding resistance. However, in this respect, according to this manufacturing method, as described above, the problem of the new tension fluctuation due to the inertial force of the three rolls is largely avoided, and the second sheet tension fluctuation is avoided. Is suppressed. Therefore, the above trouble induction can be effectively prevented.
 かかる吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
 前記搬送方向において前記3本のロールと前記送り出し装置との間の位置には、前記第2シートの前記搬送方向の張力を調整する張力調整装置が配置されており、
 前記張力調整装置は、定位置で回転可能に支持された3本のロールと、前記3本のロールのうちの真ん中のロールよりも前記搬送方向の上流側に配置された駆動ロールであって、前記第2シートに接触して当該第2シートを前記搬送方向の下流に送り出すために駆動回転する前記駆動ロールと、を有し、
 前記張力調整装置の前記3本のロールに前記第2シートが掛け回された状態で、前記3本のロールのうちの真ん中のロールに対して前記第2シートから付与される力に応じた値を第2のセンサーが出力するとともに、前記値に基づいて前記駆動ロールが駆動回転することによって、前記第2シートの前記搬送方向の張力が調整されるのが望ましい。
A method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article,
A tension adjusting device for adjusting the tension in the transport direction of the second sheet is disposed at a position between the three rolls and the feeding device in the transport direction,
The tension adjusting device includes three rolls rotatably supported at a fixed position, and a driving roll disposed upstream of the middle roll of the three rolls in the transport direction, The drive roll that rotates to drive the second sheet in contact with the second sheet and send the second sheet downstream in the transport direction;
A value corresponding to the force applied from the second sheet to the middle roll of the three rolls in a state where the second sheet is wound around the three rolls of the tension adjusting device. It is preferable that the tension in the transport direction of the second sheet is adjusted by driving and rotating the driving roll based on the value.
 このような吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法によれば、送り出し装置による第2シートの伸長状態の変更に伴って生じ得る第2シートの張力の変動を、繰り出し装置の繰り出し動作によって縮小するよりも前に、上記の張力調整装置で縮小することができる。よって、より即時的に張力の変動を縮小可能であり、その結果、送り出し装置は、第2シートの伸長状態の変更をより高い精度で行えるようになる。 
 また、上記の3本のロールは定位置に支持されていて、これらロールは回転する以外はほぼ移動しない。すなわち、基本的に並進移動はしない。よって、これらロールのうちの少なくとも一つのロールが並進移動する場合に起こり得る前述の問題、すなわち、並進移動に伴って前述のロールの慣性起因の力により第2シートに新たな張力の変動が発生するという問題を概ね回避することができて、その結果、第2シートを、上述の張力の変動が抑制された状態で送り出し装置へ送ることができる。そして、これにより、送り出し装置は、第2シートの伸長状態の変更を高い精度で行うことができる。
According to the manufacturing method of the sheet-like member related to such an absorbent article, the fluctuation in the tension of the second sheet that may be caused by the change in the extension state of the second sheet by the feeding device is reduced by the feeding operation of the feeding device. Prior to this, it can be reduced by the tension adjusting device. Therefore, the fluctuation in tension can be reduced more immediately, and as a result, the feeding device can change the extension state of the second sheet with higher accuracy.
Further, the above three rolls are supported at fixed positions, and these rolls hardly move except for rotation. That is, basically no translation is performed. Therefore, the above-mentioned problem that may occur when at least one of these rolls moves in translation, that is, a change in new tension occurs in the second sheet due to the inertial force of the roll accompanying the translation. As a result, the second sheet can be sent to the feeding device in a state in which the above-described tension variation is suppressed. Thereby, the feeding device can change the extension state of the second sheet with high accuracy.
 かかる吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
 前記第2シートの搬送経路における前記張力調整装置の前記3本のロールの配置位置及び前記駆動ロールの配置位置は、前記繰り出し装置が前記シートロールから前記第2シートを繰り出す繰り出し位置よりも前記送り出し装置が前記第2シートを送り出す送り出し位置の方に近いのが望ましい。
A method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article,
The arrangement position of the three rolls and the arrangement position of the driving roll of the tension adjusting device in the conveyance path of the second sheet are set to be more than the feeding position where the feeding device feeds the second sheet from the sheet roll. It is desirable that the apparatus is closer to the delivery position for delivering the second sheet.
 このような吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法によれば、上述の張力調整装置を送り出し装置に近接して配置することができる。よって、送り出し装置による第2シートの伸長状態の変更に伴って生じ得る第2シートの張力の変動を、より即時的に縮小可能であり、その結果、送り出し装置は、第2シートの伸長状態の変更をより一層高い精度で行えるようになる。 According to the method for manufacturing a sheet-like member related to such an absorbent article, the above-described tension adjusting device can be disposed in the vicinity of the feeding device. Therefore, the fluctuation in the tension of the second sheet that can be caused by the change in the extension state of the second sheet by the feeding device can be reduced more immediately. As a result, the feeding device can reduce the extension state of the second sheet. Changes can be made with higher accuracy.
 かかる吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
 前記第2のセンサーの前記値が示す張力に係る値が、規定の第2の目標値に近づくように、前記駆動ロールの駆動回転が制御され、
 前記張力調整装置の前記真ん中のロールの位置での前記第2シートの前記搬送方向の伸長倍率が、前記繰り出すことに係る前記真ん中のロールの位置での前記第2シートの前記搬送方向の伸長倍率及び前記送り出し装置で伸長状態を変更後の前記第2シートの前記搬送方向の伸長倍率の両者よりも小さくなるように、前記第2の目標値は設定されているのが望ましい。
A method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article,
The drive rotation of the drive roll is controlled such that the value relating to the tension indicated by the value of the second sensor approaches a prescribed second target value,
The extension magnification in the conveyance direction of the second sheet at the position of the middle roll of the tension adjusting device is the extension magnification in the conveyance direction of the second sheet at the position of the middle roll related to the feeding. In addition, it is preferable that the second target value is set so as to be smaller than both the expansion magnifications in the transport direction of the second sheet after the expansion state is changed by the feeding device.
 このような吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法によれば、張力調整装置での伸長倍率は、繰り出すことに係る上記真ん中のロールの位置での第2シートの伸長倍率及び上記送り出し装置で伸長状態を変更後の第2シートの伸長倍率の両者よりも小さくなっている。よって、前述の伸縮性のばらつきを小さくすべく、上記の繰り出し装置にて第2シートに付与した大きな伸長倍率を維持したまま同シートを送り出し装置へと搬送する場合に同シートに生じ得る幅縮みや縦皺、折れ返り等の不具合を防ぐことができる。そして、これにより、送り出し装置は、第2シートの伸長状態の変更を高い精度で行えるようになる。ちなみに、ここで言う「幅縮み」とは、第2シートにおける搬送方向と交差する幅方向の寸法が過度に縮小する現象のことであって、「ネッキング」とも言われるものである。また、「縦皺」とは、搬送方向たる連続方向に沿った皺のことであり、「折れ返り」とは、第2シートの幅方向の各端部が幅方向の内側に折れ曲がることである。 According to the method for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article, the expansion ratio of the tension adjusting device is determined by the expansion ratio of the second sheet at the position of the middle roll and the feeding device. The expansion ratio of the second sheet after changing the expansion state is smaller than both. Therefore, in order to reduce the above-described variation in stretchability, the width shrinkage that can occur in the sheet when the sheet is conveyed to the feeding device while maintaining the large expansion ratio applied to the second sheet by the feeding device. And can prevent problems such as downpipe and folding. As a result, the feeding device can change the extension state of the second sheet with high accuracy. Incidentally, the “width shrinkage” referred to here is a phenomenon in which the dimension in the width direction intersecting the conveyance direction of the second sheet is excessively reduced, and is also referred to as “necking”. Further, the “longitudinal fold” is a ridge along the continuous direction as the conveyance direction, and the “folding” is that each end in the width direction of the second sheet is bent inward in the width direction. .
 かかる吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
 前記送り出し装置は、前記第2シートを前記搬送方向の下流に送り出すべく前記第2シートに接触して駆動回転する送り出しロールと、前記表示要素の位置を検出して検出信号を出力する検出センサーと、前記検出信号に基づいて前記送り出しロールの回転動作を制御するコントローラと、を有し、
 前記第2シートにおける前記表示要素が前記配置目標位置よりも前記搬送方向の上流側にずれていることを、前記検出信号が示している場合には、前記コントローラは、前記検出信号に基づいて前記送り出しロールの周速値を大きくするとともに、前記張力調整装置は、前記検出信号に基づく前記周速値を大きくする方向の変更量と前記第2のセンサーから出力される前記値とに基づいて、前記駆動ロールの周速値を変更し、
 前記第2シートにおける前記表示要素が前記配置目標位置よりも前記搬送方向の下流側にずれていることを、前記検出信号が示している場合には、前記コントローラは、前記送り出しロールの前記周速値を小さくするとともに、前記張力調整装置は、前記検出信号に基づく前記周速値を小さくする方向の変更量と、前記第2のセンサーから出力される前記値とに基づいて、前記駆動ロールの周速値を変更するのが望ましい。
A method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article,
The delivery device includes a delivery roll that rotates in contact with the second sheet so as to send the second sheet downstream in the transport direction, a detection sensor that detects a position of the display element and outputs a detection signal; And a controller for controlling the rotation operation of the delivery roll based on the detection signal,
When the detection signal indicates that the display element in the second sheet is shifted to the upstream side in the conveyance direction from the arrangement target position, the controller is configured based on the detection signal. While increasing the peripheral speed value of the delivery roll, the tension adjusting device is based on the amount of change in the direction of increasing the peripheral speed value based on the detection signal and the value output from the second sensor, Change the peripheral speed value of the drive roll,
When the detection signal indicates that the display element in the second sheet is shifted downstream in the transport direction from the arrangement target position, the controller is configured to cause the peripheral speed of the feed roll to The tension adjusting device reduces the value based on the detection signal based on the amount of change in the direction of decreasing the peripheral speed value and the value output from the second sensor. It is desirable to change the peripheral speed value.
 このような吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法によれば、張力調整装置の駆動ロールの周速値の変更は、当該張力調整装置の第2のセンサーから出力される値だけでなく、上記の表示要素の位置を検出して検出センサーから出力される検出信号に基づく上記変更量も加味して行われる。よって、送り出し装置による伸長状態の変更の影響が、第2シートの張力の変動として上流側に遡っていって張力調整装置の上記第2のセンサーで検知されるよりも前に、当該張力調整装置の駆動ロールは、上記の張力の変動が小さくなるように回転することができる。よって、より早期に第2シートの張力の変動を抑制可能となる。 According to the method for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article, the change in the peripheral speed value of the drive roll of the tension adjusting device is not only the value output from the second sensor of the tension adjusting device, This is performed in consideration of the change amount based on the detection signal output from the detection sensor by detecting the position of the display element. Therefore, before the influence of the change in the extension state by the feeding device goes back to the upstream side as the change in the tension of the second sheet and is detected by the second sensor of the tension adjusting device, the tension adjusting device The drive roll can be rotated so that the fluctuation of the tension becomes small. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the variation in the tension of the second sheet earlier.
 かかる吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
 前記シートロールから前記第2シートを繰り出す前記繰り出し装置が少なくとも二つ設けられており、
 前記搬送方向において前記繰り出し装置と前記送り出し装置との間の位置には、前記第2シートをループの形態で蓄積可能な蓄積装置が配置されており、
 前記二つの前記繰り出し装置のうちの一方の繰り出し装置から他方の繰り出し装置へと前記繰り出し動作を切り替えるべく、前記一方の繰り出し装置による前記第2シートの繰り出し動作が停止に移行していくと、前記蓄積装置が前記ループを小さくすることによって当該蓄積装置は前記送り出し装置へと前記第2シートを供給するとともに、前記一方の繰り出し装置での繰り出し動作が停止された前記第2シートが、前記他方の繰り出し装置に支持された前記シートロールの前記第2シートに接続されて、しかる後に、前記他方の繰り出し装置が前記シートロールからの前記第2シートの繰り出し動作を開始した後に、前記他方の繰り出し装置から繰り出される前記第2シートを、前記蓄積装置は前記ループを大きくすることによって蓄積し、
 前記蓄積装置は、定位置に配された複数の固定ローラーと、前記固定ローラーに対して前記第2シートの前記ループの大きさを変更可能な方向に往復移動可能に案内された移動ローラーと、前記方向を移動方向として前記移動ローラーを往復移動させるアクチュエータと、を有するとともに、前記固定ローラーと前記移動ローラーとに前記第2シートが掛け回されることによって前記ループが形成され、
 前記移動ローラーが前記固定ローラーに近づく方向に前記アクチュエータが前記移動ローラーを移動することによって、前記ループが小さくなって、蓄積されていた前記第2シートが前記送り出し装置へと供給され、
 前記移動ローラーが前記固定ローラーから離れる方向にアクチュエータが前記移動ローラーを移動することによって、前記ループが規定の長さまで大きくなって前記第2シートが蓄積され、
 次の前記繰り出し動作の切り替えまでの間には、前記移動方向における所定位置から前記移動ローラーが移動しないように、前記アクチュエータが前記移動ローラーを保持する期間が含まれているのが望ましい。
A method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article,
At least two feeding devices for feeding the second sheet from the sheet roll are provided;
A storage device capable of storing the second sheet in the form of a loop is disposed at a position between the feeding device and the feeding device in the transport direction,
In order to switch the feeding operation from one feeding device of the two feeding devices to the other feeding device, when the feeding operation of the second sheet by the one feeding device shifts to stop, When the storage device reduces the loop, the storage device supplies the second sheet to the feeding device, and the second sheet whose feeding operation in the one feeding device is stopped is changed to the other sheet. The other feeding device is connected to the second sheet of the sheet roll supported by the feeding device, and then the other feeding device starts the feeding operation of the second sheet from the sheet roll. The storage device stores the second sheet fed from the storage device by enlarging the loop. ,
The accumulator includes a plurality of fixed rollers arranged at fixed positions, a moving roller guided so as to be able to reciprocate in a direction in which the size of the loop of the second sheet can be changed with respect to the fixed rollers, An actuator that reciprocates the moving roller with the direction as the moving direction, and the loop is formed by the second sheet being wound around the fixed roller and the moving roller,
By moving the moving roller in the direction in which the moving roller approaches the fixed roller, the loop is reduced, and the accumulated second sheet is supplied to the feeding device,
The actuator moves the moving roller in a direction in which the moving roller moves away from the fixed roller, whereby the loop is enlarged to a predetermined length, and the second sheet is accumulated.
It is desirable that a period during which the actuator holds the moving roller is included so that the moving roller does not move from a predetermined position in the moving direction until the next switching of the feeding operation.
 このような吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法によれば、次の繰り出し動作の切り替えまでの間のうちの上記期間では、移動ローラーは、移動方向における所定位置から移動しないように同位置にアクチュエータにより保持される。よって、当該期間においては、移動ローラーが移動した場合に移動ローラーの慣性起因の力によって生じ得る第2シートの張力の変動を効果的に抑制可能となる。 According to the method for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article, the moving roller is kept at the same position so as not to move from a predetermined position in the moving direction during the period until the next feeding operation is switched. Is held by an actuator. Therefore, during the period, it is possible to effectively suppress fluctuations in the tension of the second sheet that may be caused by the force caused by the inertia of the moving roller when the moving roller moves.
 かかる吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
 前記ループを小さくする場合には、前記第1のセンサーの前記値が示す張力に係る値が、規定の第3の目標値に近づくように、前記アクチュエータが制御されるのが望ましい。
A method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article,
When the loop is made small, it is desirable that the actuator is controlled so that the value relating to the tension indicated by the value of the first sensor approaches a prescribed third target value.
 このような吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法によれば、ループを小さくする際に生じ得る第2シートの張力の変動を抑制することができて、これにより、第2シートを、張力の変動が抑制された状態で送り出し装置へ送ることができる。 According to the manufacturing method of the sheet-like member related to such an absorbent article, it is possible to suppress the variation in the tension of the second sheet that may occur when the loop is reduced, and thereby the second sheet Can be sent to the delivery device in a state in which fluctuations in the number are suppressed.
 かかる吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
 前記ループを大きくすべく、前記アクチュエータが前記移動ローラーを前記規定の長さに対応する位置まで移動する際には、前記第1のセンサーの前記値が示す張力に係る値が、規定の第4の目標値に近づくように、前記他方の繰り出し装置の前記繰り出し動作が行われるのが望ましい。
A method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article,
When the actuator moves the moving roller to a position corresponding to the specified length in order to enlarge the loop, a value related to the tension indicated by the value of the first sensor is a specified fourth value. It is desirable that the feeding operation of the other feeding device is performed so as to approach the target value.
 このような吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法によれば、ループを大きくする際に生じ得る第2シートの張力の変動を抑制することができて、これにより、第2シートを、張力の変動が抑制された状態で送り出し装置へ送ることができる。 According to the manufacturing method of the sheet-like member related to such an absorbent article, it is possible to suppress the fluctuation in the tension of the second sheet that may occur when the loop is enlarged, and thereby the second sheet Can be sent to the delivery device in a state in which fluctuations in the number are suppressed.
 かかる吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
 前記ループを小さくする場合には、前記アクチュエータは、前記移動方向において前記ループが小さくなる方向の力を前記移動ローラーに付与することにより前記移動ローラーを前記方向に移動し、
 前記ループを大きくする場合には、前記アクチュエータは、前記移動方向において前記ループが大きくなる方向の力を前記移動ローラーに付与することにより前記移動ローラーを前記方向に移動するのが望ましい。
A method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article,
In the case of reducing the loop, the actuator moves the moving roller in the direction by applying a force in the moving direction to the moving roller in a direction in which the loop is reduced.
When enlarging the loop, it is preferable that the actuator moves the moving roller in the direction by applying a force in the moving direction to the moving roller in a direction in which the loop becomes larger.
 このような吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法によれば、ループを小さくする場合及び大きくする場合のどちらでも、移動ローラーの慣性起因の力をアクチュエータが受けて負担することができて、これにより、当該慣性起因の力が第2シートに作用することを防ぐことができる。そして、その結果、当該力により新たな張力の変動が、第2シートに生じることを有効に防ぐことができて、これにより、第2シートを、上述のように張力の変動が抑制された状態で確実に送り出し装置へ送ることができる。 According to the method for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article, the actuator can receive and bear the force due to the inertia of the moving roller in both cases where the loop is made small and large, Thereby, it can prevent that the force resulting from the said inertia acts on a 2nd sheet | seat. As a result, it is possible to effectively prevent a new variation in tension from occurring in the second sheet due to the force, and thereby the second sheet is in a state in which the variation in tension is suppressed as described above. Can be reliably sent to the delivery device.
 かかる吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
 前記シートロールから前記第2シートを繰り出す繰り出し装置が少なくとも二つ設けられており、
 前記二つの繰り出し装置のうちの一方の繰り出し装置から他方の繰り出し装置へと前記繰り出し動作を切り替える際には、前記一方の繰り出し装置での前記第2シートの繰り出し速度値と同じ値まで、前記他方の繰り出し装置に支持された前記シートロールの周速値が加速したことを検出した後に、前記一方の繰り出し装置から繰り出される前記第2シートに、前記他方の繰り出し装置に支持された前記シートロールの前記第2シートを接続するのが望ましい。
A method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article,
At least two feeding devices for feeding the second sheet from the sheet roll are provided,
When switching the feeding operation from one feeding device of the two feeding devices to the other feeding device, up to the same value as the feeding speed value of the second sheet in the one feeding device, the other After detecting that the peripheral speed value of the sheet roll supported by the feeding device is accelerated, the second sheet fed from the one feeding device is moved to the second roll of the sheet roll supported by the other feeding device. It is desirable to connect the second sheet.
 このような吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法によれば、他方の繰り出し装置のシートロールの周速値が、一方の繰り出し装置での第2シートの繰り出し速度値まで加速したことを検出した後に、一方の繰り出し装置から繰り出される第2シートに、他方の繰り出し装置に支持されたシートロールの第2シートを接続する。よって、一方の繰り出し装置から他方の繰り出し装置への切り替えの際に当該一方の繰り出し装置の繰り出し動作を停止せずに済む。そして、これにより、この停止起因で必須構成となっていた第2シートの蓄積装置を省略することができて、その結果、装置構成の簡素化を図れる。 According to the manufacturing method of the sheet-like member related to such an absorbent article, it is detected that the peripheral speed value of the sheet roll of the other feeding device has been accelerated to the feeding speed value of the second sheet in the one feeding device. After that, the second sheet of the sheet roll supported by the other feeding device is connected to the second sheet fed from the one feeding device. Therefore, when switching from one feeding device to the other feeding device, it is not necessary to stop the feeding operation of the one feeding device. As a result, the storage device for the second sheet, which has become an essential configuration due to this stoppage, can be omitted, and as a result, the configuration of the apparatus can be simplified.
 かかる吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
 前記一方の繰り出し装置から前記他方の繰り出し装置へと前記繰り出し動作を切り替える際には、
 前記一方の繰り出し装置で繰り出される前記第2シートの前記表示要素における所定位置と、前記他方の繰り出し装置に支持された前記シートロールの前記第2シートの前記表示要素において前記所定位置に相当する位置との間の前記搬送方向のずれ量が前記表示要素の前記第2ピッチの±5%以内に収まるように位置合わせしながら、前記一方の繰り出し装置で繰り出された前記第2シートに、前記他方の繰り出し装置に支持された前記シートロールの前記第2シートを接続するのが望ましい。
A method for producing a sheet-like member according to such an absorbent article,
When switching the feeding operation from the one feeding device to the other feeding device,
A position corresponding to the predetermined position in the display element of the second sheet of the sheet roll supported by the other feeding device and a predetermined position of the second sheet fed out by the one feeding device. The second sheet fed by the one feeding device is aligned with the second sheet while the positioning is performed so that the amount of deviation in the conveying direction between the two is within ± 5% of the second pitch of the display element. It is desirable to connect the second sheet of the sheet roll supported by the feeding device.
 このような吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法によれば、一方の繰り出し装置で繰り出された第2シートと、他方の繰り出し装置に支持されたシートロールの第2シートとは、互いの表示要素の搬送方向のずれ量が上記第2ピッチの±5%以内に収まるような位置精度で接続される。よって、繰り出し動作の切り替えにおける第2シートの連続性は、表示要素の並び状態についても概ね担保される。そして、これにより、表示要素の並び状態の非連続度合いが大きい場合に送り出し装置で行う必要が生じ得る伸長状態の過大な変更を行わずに済んで、このことも、送り出し装置が第2シートの伸長状態の変更を高い精度で行うことに有効に寄与する。 According to the manufacturing method of the sheet-like member related to such an absorbent article, the second sheet fed out by one feeding device and the second sheet of the sheet roll supported by the other feeding device are mutually The display elements are connected with a positional accuracy such that the shift amount of the display element in the transport direction is within ± 5% of the second pitch. Therefore, the continuity of the second sheet in the switching of the feeding operation is almost guaranteed for the arrangement state of the display elements. This eliminates an excessive change in the stretched state that may need to be performed by the feeding device when the discontinuity of the display element arrangement state is large. This contributes effectively to changing the stretched state with high accuracy.
 また、
 連続する第1シートと連続する第2シートとを、互いの連続方向を揃えつつ重ね合わせて固定して吸収性物品に係るシート状部材を製造する装置であって、
 前記第1シートには、前記第1シートの連続方向に前記吸収性物品に対応させて所定の第1ピッチが設定されており、
 前記第2シートの連続方向に当該第2シートが巻き取られてシートロールの状態にされる前に、前記第2シートには、前記連続方向に前記第1ピッチよりも小さい第2ピッチで表示要素が形成されており、
 前記シートロールから前記第2シートを繰り出す繰り出し装置と、
 繰り出されて前記連続方向を搬送方向として搬送される前記第2シートを、前記第1シートの搬送経路の合流位置へ送り出す送り出し装置と、
 前記搬送方向における前記繰り出し装置と前記送り出し装置との間の定位置で回転可能に支持された3本のロールと、
 前記3本のロールに前記第2シートを掛け回した状態で、前記3本のロールのうちの真ん中のロールに対して前記第2シートから付与される力に応じた値を出力する第1のセンサーと、を有し、
 前記繰り出し装置は、前記値に基づいて前記シートロールからの前記第2シートの繰り出し動作を行い、
 前記送り出し装置は、前記第2シートを送り出しながら、前記搬送方向に搬送される前記第2シートの前記表示要素が前記第1ピッチで並ぶように、且つ前記第1ピッチに基づいて定まる前記第1シート上の前記表示要素の配置目標位置に前記表示要素が位置するように、前記第2シートの前記搬送方向の伸長状態を変更することを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造装置である。
Also,
An apparatus for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article by overlapping and fixing a continuous first sheet and a continuous second sheet while aligning each other's continuous direction,
In the first sheet, a predetermined first pitch is set in correspondence with the absorbent article in the continuous direction of the first sheet,
Before the second sheet is wound up in the continuous direction of the second sheet to be in a sheet roll state, the second sheet is displayed at a second pitch smaller than the first pitch in the continuous direction. Elements are formed,
A feeding device for feeding out the second sheet from the sheet roll;
A delivery device for delivering the second sheet that is fed out and conveyed with the continuous direction as a conveyance direction, to a joining position of a conveyance path of the first sheet;
Three rolls rotatably supported at a fixed position between the feeding device and the feeding device in the transport direction;
In a state where the second sheet is wound around the three rolls, a first value is output according to the force applied from the second sheet to the middle roll of the three rolls. A sensor, and
The feeding device performs a feeding operation of the second sheet from the sheet roll based on the value,
The feeding device is configured to determine the first sheet so that the display elements of the second sheet conveyed in the conveying direction are arranged at the first pitch while feeding the second sheet and based on the first pitch. An apparatus for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article, wherein an extension state of the second sheet in the transport direction is changed so that the display element is positioned at a target position of the display element on the sheet It is.
 このような吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造装置によれば、前述した製造方法の場合と同様の作用効果を奏することができる。 According to the sheet-like member manufacturing apparatus relating to such an absorbent article, the same effects as those of the manufacturing method described above can be achieved.
 ===本実施形態===
 本実施形態のシート状部材の製造方法では、当該シート状部材の一例として、使い捨ておむつの吸収性本体の連続体1aを製造する。そして、製造された吸収性本体の連続体1aは、下工程のカッター装置80(図4を参照)へ送られて、同カッター装置80で搬送方向に製品ピッチP3で分断されて、これにより、吸収性本体1が生成される。
=== This Embodiment ===
In the manufacturing method of the sheet-like member of this embodiment, the continuous body 1a of the absorptive main body of a disposable diaper is manufactured as an example of the said sheet-like member. And the manufactured continuous body 1a of the absorbent main body is sent to the cutter device 80 (see FIG. 4) in the lower process, and is cut at the product pitch P3 in the transport direction by the cutter device 80. Absorbent body 1 is produced.
 図2Aは、吸収性本体1を非肌側から見た概略平面図であり、図2Bは、図2A中のB-B断面図である。吸収性本体1は、互いに直交する長手方向と幅方向と厚さ方向とを有した平面視略矩形状のシート状部材であり、液体を吸収する吸収体4と、吸収体4を厚さ方向の肌側から覆って配されたトップシート3と、吸収体4を厚さ方向の非肌側から覆って配されたバックシート5と、を有する。そして、かかる吸収性本体1に、おむつの外装をなす平面視略砂時計形状の外装シート(不図示)等が積層固定されると、おむつがほぼ完成する。 FIG. 2A is a schematic plan view of the absorbent main body 1 viewed from the non-skin side, and FIG. 2B is a cross-sectional view taken along line BB in FIG. 2A. The absorbent main body 1 is a sheet-like member having a substantially rectangular shape in plan view having a longitudinal direction, a width direction, and a thickness direction orthogonal to each other. The absorbent body 4 that absorbs liquid and the absorbent body 4 in the thickness direction. The top sheet 3 is disposed so as to cover from the skin side, and the back sheet 5 is disposed so as to cover the absorber 4 from the non-skin side in the thickness direction. And when the planar view substantially hourglass-shaped exterior sheet | seat (not shown) etc. which make the exterior of a diaper are laminated | stacked and fixed to this absorptive main body 1, a diaper will be almost completed.
 吸収体4は、パルプ繊維や高吸収性ポリマー(所謂SAP)などの液体吸収性素材を平面視略砂時計形状等の所定形状に成形してなる吸収性コア4cと、同コア4cの外面を略全面に亘って被覆するティッシュペーパー等の液透過性のコアラップシート(不図示)と、を有している。なお、コアラップシートについては省略しても良い。 The absorbent body 4 includes an absorbent core 4c formed by molding a liquid absorbent material such as pulp fiber or superabsorbent polymer (so-called SAP) into a predetermined shape such as a substantially hourglass shape in plan view, and an outer surface of the core 4c. And a liquid-permeable core wrap sheet (not shown) such as a tissue paper covering the entire surface. The core wrap sheet may be omitted.
 トップシート3は、吸収体4よりも平面サイズが大きい液透過性のシートである。そして、その素材としては、エアスルー不織布等を例示できて、ここでは、これが使用されているが、液透過性のシートであれば、何等これに限らない。 The top sheet 3 is a liquid-permeable sheet having a larger planar size than the absorber 4. And as a raw material, an air through nonwoven fabric etc. can be illustrated and this is used here, However, if it is a liquid-permeable sheet, it will not be restricted to this at all.
 バックシート5も、吸収体4よりも平面サイズが大きいシートであるが、液不透過性のシートである。そのため、その素材例としては、ポリエチレン(PE)やポリプロピレン(PP)等の樹脂フィルムを挙げることができて、ここでは、PEフィルムが使用されているが、液不透過性のシートであって所定の伸縮性を有していれば、何等これに限らない。 The back sheet 5 is also a sheet having a larger planar size than the absorber 4, but is a liquid-impermeable sheet. Therefore, examples of the material include resin films such as polyethylene (PE) and polypropylene (PP). Here, PE film is used, but it is a liquid-impermeable sheet and is predetermined. If it has the elasticity of this, it will not be restricted to this at all.
 また、図2Aに示すように、バックシート5の非肌側面には、表示要素の一例として花のイラストILが印刷されている。詳しくは、同イラストILは、複数の花の図柄G,G…を有し、これら複数の図柄G,G…が組み合わされて一つのイラストILが形成されている。そして、これにより、バックシート5の略全面に亘ってイラストILが印刷されている。なお、このように略全面に亘ってイラストILが印刷されていることは、後述する吸収性本体の連続体1aの製造ラインLMでなされるトップシートの連続シート3aに対するイラストILの位置合わせの精度に関係し、これについては後述する。また、イラストILの印刷方法としては、グラビア印刷やフレキソ印刷、インクジェット印刷等を例示することができる。 As shown in FIG. 2A, a flower illustration IL is printed on the non-skin side surface of the back sheet 5 as an example of a display element. Specifically, the illustration IL has a plurality of floral patterns G, G..., And a plurality of the symbols G, G. As a result, the illustration IL is printed over substantially the entire surface of the backsheet 5. It should be noted that the illustration IL is printed over substantially the entire surface in this way, because the accuracy of the alignment of the illustration IL with respect to the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet formed in the production line LM of the continuous body 1a of the absorbent main body to be described later. This will be described later. Examples of the illustration IL printing method include gravure printing, flexographic printing, and inkjet printing.
 図3は、このような吸収性本体1の元となる吸収性本体の連続体1aの概略平面図である。吸収性本体の連続体1aは、複数の吸収性本体1,1…が長手方向に連続したものである。詳しくは、同連続体1aは、複数のトップシート3,3…が長手方向に連続してなるトップシートの連続シート3a(第1シートに相当)と、複数のバックシート5,5…が長手方向に連続してなるバックシートの連続シート5a(第2シートに相当)と、これら連続シート3a,5a同士の間に、長手方向に製品ピッチP3(第1ピッチに相当)で並んで介挿された複数の吸収体4,4…と、を有し、そして、これら各部材3a,5a,4は、それぞれ、隣り合う部材とホットメルト接着剤等で接合されている。 FIG. 3 is a schematic plan view of a continuous body 1 a of the absorbent main body that is the basis of such an absorbent main body 1. The continuous body 1a of an absorptive main body has a plurality of absorptive main bodies 1, 1... Continuous in the longitudinal direction. Specifically, the continuum 1a has a top sheet continuous sheet 3a (corresponding to a first sheet) in which a plurality of top sheets 3, 3... Are continuous in the longitudinal direction, and a plurality of back sheets 5, 5. The continuous sheet 5a (corresponding to the second sheet) of the back sheet that is continuous in the direction and the continuous sheet 3a, 5a are arranged side by side with the product pitch P3 (corresponding to the first pitch) in the longitudinal direction. .., And each of the members 3a, 5a, 4 is joined to an adjacent member by a hot melt adhesive or the like.
 かかる吸収性本体の連続体1aは、図4の概略側面図に示す製造ラインLMで製造される。製造ラインLMは、トップシートの連続シート3aの処理系統L3aと、バックシートの連続シート5aの処理系統L5aと、を有する。そして、バックシートの連続シート5aの処理系統L5aは、トップシートの連続シート3aの処理系統L3aに、同系統L3aの合流位置Pjで合流するようになっている。 Such a continuous body 1a of the absorbent main body is manufactured by the manufacturing line LM shown in the schematic side view of FIG. The production line LM includes a processing system L3a for the continuous sheet 3a for the top sheet and a processing system L5a for the continuous sheet 5a for the back sheet. The processing system L5a of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet joins the processing system L3a of the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet at the joining position Pj of the same system L3a.
 なお、この製造ラインLMには、同ラインLMの幅方向としてCD方向(図4中では、紙面を貫通する方向)が設定されている。そして、この例では、CD方向は水平方向を向いているが、何等これに限らない。また、この例では、CD方向と直交する二方向として鉛直な上下方向と水平な前後方向とが設定されていて、これにより、トップシート及びバックシートの各連続シート3a,5aの搬送方向は、それぞれ、当該搬送方向の位置に応じて、上下方向と前後方向との両者で規定される方向を向いている。そして、トップシート及びバックシートの各連続シート3a,5aの幅方向は、それぞれCD方向と平行である。また、CD方向及び搬送方向と直交する方向をZ方向と定義した場合には、当該Z方向は、それぞれ、トップシート及びバックシートの各連続シート3a,5aの厚さ方向と平行である。 In this production line LM, a CD direction (a direction penetrating the paper surface in FIG. 4) is set as the width direction of the line LM. In this example, the CD direction is in the horizontal direction, but the present invention is not limited to this. Further, in this example, a vertical vertical direction and a horizontal front-rear direction are set as two directions orthogonal to the CD direction, whereby the conveying direction of the continuous sheets 3a, 5a of the top sheet and the back sheet is Each of them faces the direction defined by both the up-down direction and the front-rear direction according to the position in the transport direction. The width direction of each of the continuous sheets 3a and 5a of the top sheet and the back sheet is parallel to the CD direction. Further, when the direction perpendicular to the CD direction and the conveyance direction is defined as the Z direction, the Z direction is parallel to the thickness direction of the continuous sheets 3a and 5a of the top sheet and the back sheet, respectively.
 <<<トップシートの連続シート3aの処理系統L3a>>>
 トップシートの連続シート3aの処理系統L3aは、トップシートの連続シート3aを搬送方向に沿って搬送する搬送装置11と、上記の合流位置Pjに対応して配された接合装置15と、を有する。ここで、この搬送装置11で搬送される時点では、既にトップシートの連続シート3aには、搬送方向に製品ピッチP3で吸収体4,4…が固定された状態になっている。また、この搬送動作は、同期信号に基づいてなされる。同期信号は、製品ピッチP3の各搬送動作に対応した単位信号が繰り返し出力されてなる信号であり、この例では、当該単位信号として、0°~360°の各回転角度値で構成される回転角度信号が出力される。そして、かかる同期信号は、搬送装置11の駆動源となるサーボモータ(不図示)のアンプ(不図示)に送信される。よって、単位信号が出力される度に、搬送装置11は、トップシートの連続シート3aを搬送方向に製品ピッチP3だけ搬送する。
<<< Processing System L3a for Continuous Sheet 3a of Top Sheet >>>
The processing system L3a for the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet includes a transport device 11 that transports the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet along the transport direction, and a joining device 15 that is arranged corresponding to the merging position Pj. . Here, at the time of being conveyed by the conveying device 11, the absorbers 4, 4,... Are already fixed to the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet at the product pitch P3 in the conveying direction. In addition, this transport operation is performed based on the synchronization signal. The synchronization signal is a signal obtained by repeatedly outputting a unit signal corresponding to each conveying operation of the product pitch P3. In this example, the unit signal is a rotation composed of rotation angle values of 0 ° to 360 °. An angle signal is output. Then, such a synchronization signal is transmitted to an amplifier (not shown) of a servo motor (not shown) serving as a drive source for the transport device 11. Therefore, every time the unit signal is output, the transport device 11 transports the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet by the product pitch P3 in the transport direction.
 かかる搬送装置11としては、ベルトコンベアや搬送ローラーを例示することができて、ここでは、主にベルトコンベアが使用されている。ベルトコンベアの一例としては、駆動周回する無端ベルトを搬送面として有した通常のベルトコンベアや、無端ベルトの外周面に吸着機能を有したサクションベルトコンベア等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the transport device 11 include a belt conveyor and a transport roller. Here, a belt conveyor is mainly used. As an example of the belt conveyor, a normal belt conveyor having an endless belt that circulates as a transport surface, a suction belt conveyor having an adsorption function on the outer peripheral surface of the endless belt, and the like can be given.
 また、同期信号の生成は、例えば、吸収性本体の連続体1aを搬送方向に製品ピッチP3で分断して吸収性本体1を生成する前述のカッター装置80によって行うことができる。すなわち、カッター装置80は、外周面にカッター刃82を有して搬送方向に沿って回転するカッターロール81cと、外周面でカッター刃82を受けながら搬送方向に沿って回転するアンビルロール81aとを有しているが、カッターロール81cのCD方向の端部には、カッターロール81cの回転動作を検出する回転検出器の一例としてロータリー式エンコーダ(不図示)が設けられている。そして、このエンコーダが、カッターロール81cの回転動作に連動して、カッター刃82が製品ピッチP3分だけ回転する度に上記の単位信号を出力するようになっている。 Further, the generation of the synchronization signal can be performed by, for example, the cutter device 80 that generates the absorbent main body 1 by dividing the continuous body 1a of the absorbent main body at the product pitch P3 in the transport direction. That is, the cutter device 80 includes a cutter roll 81c that has a cutter blade 82 on the outer peripheral surface and rotates along the transport direction, and an anvil roll 81a that rotates along the transport direction while receiving the cutter blade 82 on the outer peripheral surface. However, a rotary encoder (not shown) is provided at one end of the cutter roll 81c in the CD direction as an example of a rotation detector that detects the rotation operation of the cutter roll 81c. The encoder outputs the unit signal each time the cutter blade 82 rotates by the product pitch P3 in conjunction with the rotation operation of the cutter roll 81c.
 接合装置15は、例えば上下一対のベルトコンベア15u,15dを有している。そして、上下一対のベルトコンベア15u,15d同士の間には、吸収体4が固定済みのトップシートの連続シート3aの搬送経路が形成されている。また、この搬送経路の上流側の位置に前述の合流位置Pjが設定されていて、この合流位置Pjにおいて、バックシートの連続シート5aの処理系統L5aからバックシートの連続シート5aが送り込まれて合流する。そして、トップシートの連続シート3aとバックシートの連続シート5aとが厚さ方向に重ね合わせられた状態で当該一対のベルトコンベア15u,15dの搬送経路を両シート3a,5aが移動する間に、これら両シート3a,5aは当該一対のベルトコンベア15u,15dによって厚さ方向に挟圧されて、これにより、重ね合わせられた状態にホットメルト接着剤等で強固に接合される。 The joining device 15 has, for example, a pair of upper and lower belt conveyors 15u and 15d. Between the pair of upper and lower belt conveyors 15u and 15d, a conveyance path for the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet to which the absorber 4 is fixed is formed. Further, the above-mentioned joining position Pj is set at a position upstream of the conveyance path, and the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is fed from the processing system L5a of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet at the joining position Pj. To do. And while both sheets 3a and 5a move along the conveyance path of the pair of belt conveyors 15u and 15d in a state where the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet and the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet are overlapped in the thickness direction, Both the sheets 3a and 5a are sandwiched between the pair of belt conveyors 15u and 15d in the thickness direction, and are thereby firmly joined to each other in a superposed state with a hot melt adhesive or the like.
 なお、この接合装置15をなす一対のベルトコンベア15u,15dの搬送動作も、上述の同期信号に基づいて行われており、つまり、同期信号の単位信号が出力される度に、ベルトコンベア15u,15dは、トップシートの連続シート3aとバックシートの連続シート5aとを、搬送方向に製品ピッチP3だけ搬送する。 The conveying operation of the pair of belt conveyors 15u and 15d constituting the joining device 15 is also performed based on the above-described synchronization signal. That is, every time a unit signal of the synchronization signal is output, the belt conveyor 15u, 15d conveys the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet and the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet by the product pitch P3 in the conveying direction.
 <<<バックシートの連続シート5aの処理系統L5a>>>
 一方、バックシートの連続シート5aの処理系統L5aは、シートロール5arからバックシートの連続シート5aを繰り出すための繰り出し装置21と、繰り出されたバックシートの連続シート5aを搬送方向に搬送しながら同連続シート5aの搬送方向の張力を計測する張力計測装置31と、張力計測装置31を通過したバックシートの連続シート5aを、トップシートの連続シート3aの処理系統L3aの合流位置Pjへ送り出す送り出し装置51と、を有している。そして、合流位置Pjでは、前述したように、既述の接合装置15によって、バックシートの連続シート5aとトップシートの連続シート3aとが重ね合わせられて固定されて、これにより、吸収性本体の連続体1aが生成される。
<<< Processing System L5a of Backsheet Continuous Sheet 5a >>>
On the other hand, the processing system L5a for the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is the same as the feeding device 21 for feeding the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet from the sheet roll 5ar while conveying the continuous sheet 5a of the fed back sheet in the conveying direction. A tension measuring device 31 that measures the tension in the conveyance direction of the continuous sheet 5a, and a sending device that sends the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet that has passed through the tension measuring device 31 to the joining position Pj of the processing system L3a of the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet. 51. Then, at the joining position Pj, as described above, the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet and the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet are overlapped and fixed by the joining device 15 described above. A continuum 1a is generated.
 なお、ここで、このバックシートの連続シート5aが連続方向に巻き取られて上記のシートロール5arの状態にされる前に、当該バックシートの連続シート5aには、予め別の工場等で、連続方向に所定の印刷ピッチP5(第2ピッチに相当)で前述のイラストIL,IL…が印刷されている(図6を参照)。そして、この印刷ピッチP5は、トップシートの連続シート3aに設定された上記の製品ピッチP3よりも小さいピッチとされている。よって、前述の合流位置Pjの接合装置15では、基本的に、印刷ピッチP5で製品ピッチP3を除算して得られる伸長倍率Ms(=P3/P5)でバックシートの連続シート5aを伸長した状態で、当該連続シート5aが、トップシートの連続シート3aに重ねられて固定されることにより、図3のようにトップシートの連続シート3aにおける適正位置にイラストILが配された状態となる。 
 ちなみに、ここで言う伸長倍率とは、伸長状態の連続シート5aの連続方向(搬送方向)の全長Ltが、伸長前の自然長Ln(外力が作用していない状態での長さ)の何倍まで伸びているかを示すものであり、例えば、伸長状態の全長Ltを自然長Lnで除算した除算値(=Lt/Ln)として求めることができる。 
 また、この例では、例えば印刷ピッチP5を「1」とした場合に、製品ピッチP3は「1.026」とされており、これにより、接合装置15でのバックシートの連続シート5aの伸長倍率Msは、1.026倍となっている。そして、かかる伸長倍率Msへの伸長は、送り出し装置31と接合装置15との間でなされることから、当該伸長倍率Msは、上述のように接合装置15での伸長倍率Msと言うこともできるし、或いは、送り出し装置51での伸長倍率Msと言うこともできる。 
 以下、バックシートの連続シート5aの処理系統L5aに係る各装置21,31,51について説明する。
Here, before the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is wound in the continuous direction to be in the state of the sheet roll 5ar, the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is preliminarily used in another factory or the like. The above-described illustrations IL, IL... Are printed in a continuous direction at a predetermined printing pitch P5 (corresponding to the second pitch) (see FIG. 6). The printing pitch P5 is smaller than the product pitch P3 set for the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet. Therefore, in the above-described joining device 15 at the joining position Pj, basically, the backsheet continuous sheet 5a is stretched at the stretching magnification Ms (= P3 / P5) obtained by dividing the product pitch P3 by the printing pitch P5. Thus, the continuous sheet 5a is overlaid and fixed on the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet, whereby the illustration IL is arranged at an appropriate position in the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet as shown in FIG.
By the way, the expansion magnification referred to here is the number of times the total length Lt in the continuous direction (conveying direction) of the continuous sheet 5a in the expanded state is the natural length Ln before extension (the length when no external force is acting). For example, it can be obtained as a division value (= Lt / Ln) obtained by dividing the total length Lt in the expanded state by the natural length Ln.
In this example, for example, when the printing pitch P5 is set to “1”, the product pitch P3 is set to “1.026”, whereby the expansion ratio of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet in the joining device 15 is set. Ms is 1.026 times. And since the expansion | extension to this expansion magnification Ms is made between the sending-out apparatus 31 and the joining apparatus 15, the said expansion magnification Ms can also be called the expansion magnification Ms in the joining apparatus 15 as mentioned above. Alternatively, it can also be referred to as the expansion magnification Ms in the delivery device 51.
Hereinafter, each device 21, 31, 51 related to the processing system L5a of the backsheet continuous sheet 5a will be described.
 (1)繰り出し装置21
 図5の概略拡大側面図に示すように、繰り出し装置21は、回転軸部21aと、回転軸部21aに連結されて当該回転軸部21aに回転力を付与して同回転軸部21aを駆動回転する不図示の駆動源と、上記の張力計測装置31から出力される張力値に基づいて上記駆動源を制御するコントローラ21cと、を有する。そして、シートロール5arが中心部に有する貫通孔に上記回転軸部21aが挿入されて当該回転軸部21aでシートロール5arを支持した状態で、同回転軸部21aが上記の張力値に基づいて駆動回転することにより、シートロール5arからバックシートの連続シート5aが繰り出される。 
 回転軸部21aは、例えばCD方向に沿った軸部材である。そして、当該回転軸部21aは、製造ラインLMに設けられた適宜な軸受け部材(不図示)によって回転可能に支持されている。
(1) Feeding device 21
As shown in the schematic enlarged side view of FIG. 5, the feeding device 21 is connected to the rotation shaft portion 21 a and the rotation shaft portion 21 a, and applies rotational force to the rotation shaft portion 21 a to drive the rotation shaft portion 21 a. A drive source (not shown) that rotates and a controller 21c that controls the drive source based on a tension value output from the tension measuring device 31 are provided. And in the state which inserted the said rotating shaft part 21a in the through-hole which the sheet roll 5ar has in the center part, and supported the sheet roll 5ar by the said rotating shaft part 21a, the said rotating shaft part 21a is based on said tension value. By driving and rotating, the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is fed out from the sheet roll 5ar.
The rotating shaft portion 21a is a shaft member along the CD direction, for example. The rotating shaft portion 21a is rotatably supported by an appropriate bearing member (not shown) provided in the production line LM.
 駆動源は、例えばサーボモータである。そして、この例では、サーボモータと回転軸部21aとの連結方式としてダイレクトドライブ方式が採用されている。すなわち、サーボモータの駆動回転軸部(不図示)と上記回転軸部21aとは、適宜な軸継手(不図示)によって互いに同軸に連結されている。そして、これにより、サーボモータに供給される電力に基づいて駆動回転する駆動回転軸部からは、回転力が直接的に上記回転軸部21aに入力される。よって、バックラッシ等の問題無く、高い応答性でもって繰り出し動作を行うことができる。但し、何等これに限らない。すなわち、この応答性が多少低くても問題無い場合には、例えば、サーボモータの駆動回転軸部と上記回転軸部21aとの間に介挿された複数の歯車或いはタイミングベルト等を経由して駆動回転軸部の回転力を回転軸部21aに伝達しても良い。 The drive source is, for example, a servo motor. In this example, a direct drive method is employed as a connection method between the servo motor and the rotating shaft portion 21a. That is, the drive rotation shaft portion (not shown) of the servo motor and the rotation shaft portion 21a are coaxially connected to each other by an appropriate shaft coupling (not shown). Thus, the rotational force is directly input to the rotary shaft portion 21a from the drive rotary shaft portion that rotates based on the electric power supplied to the servomotor. Therefore, the feeding operation can be performed with high responsiveness without problems such as backlash. However, it is not limited to this. That is, if there is no problem even if this responsiveness is somewhat low, for example, via a plurality of gears or timing belts inserted between the drive rotating shaft portion of the servo motor and the rotating shaft portion 21a. The rotational force of the drive rotary shaft portion may be transmitted to the rotary shaft portion 21a.
 コントローラ21cは、PLC(プログラマブルロジックコントローラ)やシーケンサー等の適宜なコンピュータであり、プロセッサとメモリとを有する。そして、プロセッサは、メモリに格納されたプログラムを読み出して実行することにより、回転軸部21aの繰り出し動作を制御する。すなわち、張力計測装置31から出力される張力値(N)(「張力に係る値」に相当)が規定の張力目標値(「第1の目標値」に相当)に揃うように、回転軸部21aの繰り出し速度値Vunw(m/秒)を制御する。 The controller 21c is an appropriate computer such as a PLC (programmable logic controller) or a sequencer, and includes a processor and a memory. Then, the processor reads out and executes the program stored in the memory, thereby controlling the feeding operation of the rotating shaft portion 21a. In other words, the rotary shaft portion so that the tension value (N) output from the tension measuring device 31 (corresponding to “a value related to tension”) is aligned with a prescribed tension target value (corresponding to “first target value”). The feeding speed value Vunw (m / sec) of 21a is controlled.
 より詳しくは、かかる制御は、例えば次の処理を所定の制御周期で繰り返し行うことでなされる。先ず、張力目標値からの張力値のずれ量を、後者から前者を減算することで求める。次に、このずれ量に所定の制御ゲインを乗算して制御量を算出するとともに、当該制御量を現状の繰り出し速度値Vunw(m/秒)の指令値に加算して新たな指令値を求める。そして、この新たな指令値で回転軸部21aを回転する。よって、当該張力値が張力目標値よりも大きい場合には、繰り出し速度値Vunw(m/秒)は現状値よりも制御量の絶対値分だけ大きくされて、これにより、張力値は張力目標値に近づくように小さくなる一方、張力値が張力目標値よりも小さい場合には、繰り出し速度値Vunw(m/秒)は現状値よりも制御量の絶対値分だけ小さくされて、これにより、張力値は張力目標値に近づくように大きくなる。 More specifically, such control is performed, for example, by repeatedly performing the following processing at a predetermined control cycle. First, the amount of deviation of the tension value from the tension target value is obtained by subtracting the former from the latter. Next, the control amount is calculated by multiplying the deviation amount by a predetermined control gain, and the control amount is added to the command value of the current feeding speed value Vunw (m / sec) to obtain a new command value. . And the rotating shaft part 21a is rotated by this new command value. Therefore, when the tension value is larger than the tension target value, the feeding speed value Vunw (m / sec) is made larger by the absolute value of the control amount than the current value, and thereby the tension value becomes the tension target value. When the tension value is smaller than the target tension value, the feeding speed value Vunw (m / sec) is made smaller by the absolute value of the control amount than the current value, and the tension value is thereby reduced. The value increases to approach the tension target value.
 そして、このようして張力値が張力目標値に揃うように、繰り出し速度値Vunwが変更されれば、仮に、搬送方向の下流に位置する図4の送り出し装置51がバックシートの連続シート5aの伸長状態を変更した際に同シート5aの張力が変動して、この変動が搬送方向の上流側に遡った場合でも、当該変動を、上記の繰り出し速度値Vunwの変更で縮小することができる。そして、これにより、繰り出し装置21は、張力の変動が抑制されたバックシートの連続シート5aを送り出し装置51へ送ることができて、その結果、送り出し装置51は、バックシートの連続シート5aの伸長状態の変更を高い精度で行えるようになる。 
 ちなみに、上述の繰り出し速度値Vunw(m/秒)とは、例えばシートロール5arの外周面の周速値(m/秒)のことであり、より狭義には、シートロール5arからバックシートの連続シート5aが離れる位置(繰り出し位置に相当)でのシートロール5arの外周面の周速値(m/秒)のことである。
Then, if the feeding speed value Vunw is changed so that the tension value is aligned with the tension target value in this way, the feeding device 51 of FIG. 4 located downstream in the conveying direction temporarily changes the back sheet continuous sheet 5a. Even when the tension of the sheet 5a fluctuates when the extension state is changed, and this fluctuation goes back to the upstream side in the conveyance direction, the fluctuation can be reduced by changing the feeding speed value Vunw. Thus, the feeding device 21 can send the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet in which the fluctuation of the tension is suppressed to the feeding device 51. As a result, the feeding device 51 extends the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet. The state can be changed with high accuracy.
Incidentally, the above-described feeding speed value Vunw (m / second) is, for example, the peripheral speed value (m / second) of the outer peripheral surface of the sheet roll 5ar. This is the peripheral speed value (m / sec) of the outer peripheral surface of the sheet roll 5ar at the position where the sheet 5a is separated (corresponding to the feeding position).
 ところで、上記の張力目標値は、この繰り出し装置21で伸長すべき伸長倍率Munwに対応する値に設定されている。すなわち、この張力目標値は、バックシートの連続シート5aの荷重-変位曲線を予め計測するとともに、この伸長倍率Munwに相当する変位に対応する荷重値から求められて、当該荷重値に設定されている。また、ここで、この伸長倍率Munwの値は、図4の送り出し装置51で伸長状態を変更後のバックシートの連続シート5aの伸長倍率Msよりも大きくされている。例えば、この例では、当該伸長倍率Munwは1.05倍とされていて、これにより、前述の送り出し装置31での伸長倍率Msの1.026倍よりも大きくなっている。 
 よって、この繰り出し装置21では、シートロール5arから繰り出されるバックシートの連続シート5a上においてイラストIL,IL…が搬送方向に並ぶピッチが前述の製品ピッチP3よりも大きくなるように、予めバックシートの連続シート5aを伸長する。そして、これにより、この後に送り出し装置51がバックシートの連続シート5aの伸長状態を変更する際には、少なくとも上記のイラストIL,IL…が搬送方向に並ぶピッチが製品ピッチP3になるまでの範囲においては、バックシートの連続シート5aの伸縮性のばらつきを小さくすることができる。つまり、当該ばらつきを平滑化することができる。そのため、送り出し装置51は、伸縮性のばらつきの影響が軽減された状態で同連続シート5aの搬送方向の伸長状態を変更することができて、このことも、当該伸長状態の変更を高い精度で行うことに有効に寄与する。
By the way, the tension target value is set to a value corresponding to the expansion magnification Munw to be expanded by the feeding device 21. That is, the target tension value is obtained by measuring the load-displacement curve of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet in advance, and is obtained from the load value corresponding to the displacement corresponding to the expansion magnification Munw and set to the load value. Yes. Further, here, the value of the expansion ratio Munw is set to be larger than the expansion ratio Ms of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet after the expansion state is changed by the feeding device 51 of FIG. For example, in this example, the expansion magnification Munw is set to 1.05 times, which is larger than 1.026 times the expansion magnification Ms in the above-described delivery device 31.
Therefore, in the feeding device 21, the backsheet is previously placed so that the illustrations IL, IL,... Are arranged in the transport direction on the continuous sheet 5a of the backsheet fed from the sheet roll 5ar to be larger than the product pitch P3. The continuous sheet 5a is extended. Thus, when the feeding device 51 subsequently changes the extension state of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet, the range until at least the above-described illustrations IL, IL,... In this case, the variation in stretchability of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet can be reduced. That is, the variation can be smoothed. Therefore, the feeding device 51 can change the stretched state of the continuous sheet 5a in the conveyance direction in a state where the influence of the variation in stretchability is reduced. This also changes the stretched state with high accuracy. Contributes effectively to doing.
 また、この図4の例では、繰り出し装置21で付与される伸長倍率Munwが、1.05倍であるのに対して、別の工場でイラストILが印刷されたバックシートの連続シート5aをシートロール5arの状態に巻き取る際に同シート5aに付与される伸長倍率Mwは、それよりも小さい1.005~1.03倍の範囲とされている。つまり、繰り出し装置21で伸長する際の伸長倍率Munwの方が、巻き取り用の伸長倍率Mwよりも大きくなっている。 
 よって、この巻き取り用の伸長倍率Mwで伸長されながらシートロール5arの状態に巻き取られて放置されることで生じ得るバックシートの連続シート5aの伸縮性のばらつきを、この繰り出し装置21での大きな伸長によって確実に平準化することができる。そして、その結果、送り出し装置51は、バックシートの連続シート5aを合流位置Pjへ送り出す際に、同シート5aの伸長状態の変更を高い精度で行うことができる。
In the example of FIG. 4, the expansion ratio Munw given by the feeding device 21 is 1.05, whereas the backsheet continuous sheet 5 a on which the illustration IL is printed at another factory is the sheet. The stretching magnification Mw applied to the sheet 5a when winding the roll 5ar is set to a range of 1.005 to 1.03 times smaller than that. That is, the expansion magnification Munw when expanding by the feeding device 21 is larger than the expansion magnification Mw for winding.
Therefore, the variation in stretchability of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet that may be caused by being wound in the state of the sheet roll 5ar while being stretched at the stretching magnification Mw for winding is left in the feeding device 21. Leveling can be ensured by a large extension. As a result, the delivery device 51 can change the extension state of the back sheet 5a with high accuracy when sending the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet to the joining position Pj.
 更に、図2Aを参照して前述したように単票状のバックシート5の非肌側面には、略全面に亘ってイラストILが印刷されている。すなわち、図6のバックシートの連続シート5aの状態においては、印刷ピッチP5に相当する領域A5を連続方向に4等分して4つの領域A5p,A5p…に区画した場合に、イラストILは、これら4つの領域A5p,A5p…の全ての領域A5p,A5p…に存在した状態になっている。 
 よって、図7に示すように、仮にイラストILaがワンポイント的に狭い範囲に存在する場合と比べて、図6の例では、イラストILの存在起因で生じ得る同連続シート5aの伸縮性のばらつきを平準化することができる。そして、このことも、送り出し装置51がバックシートの連続シート5aの伸長状態の変更を高い精度で行うことに有効に寄与する。
Further, as described above with reference to FIG. 2A, the illustration IL is printed on substantially the entire surface of the non-skin side surface of the single-sheet back sheet 5. That is, in the state of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet in FIG. 6, when the area A5 corresponding to the printing pitch P5 is equally divided into four areas A5p, A5p,. These four regions A5p, A5p... Are present in all regions A5p, A5p.
Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 7, the variation in stretchability of the continuous sheet 5a that may occur due to the presence of the illustration IL in the example of FIG. 6 as compared to the case where the illustration ILa exists in a narrow range in one point. Can be leveled. This also contributes to the feeding device 51 effectively changing the extension state of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet with high accuracy.
 (2)張力計測装置31
 図4に示すように、張力計測装置31は、先ず、繰り出し装置21よりも搬送方向の下流側且つ送り出し装置21よりも搬送方向の上流側の定位置において回転可能に支持された互いに平行な3本のロール31u,31m,31dを有し、また、同装置31は、これら3本のロール31u,31m,31dに山形形状にバックシートの連続シート5aを掛け回した状態で、これら3本のロール31u,31m,31dのうちの真ん中のロール31mに対してバックシートの連続シート5aから付与される力F5a(図5)に応じた値をリアルタイムで出力する第1のセンサー31s(図5)を有し、更に、同装置31は、第1のセンサー31sから出力された上記値を張力値に換算する換算器31kを有している。
(2) Tension measuring device 31
As shown in FIG. 4, first, the tension measuring device 31 includes three parallel-supported units that are rotatably supported at fixed positions downstream of the feeding device 21 in the conveying direction and upstream of the feeding device 21 in the conveying direction. The apparatus 31 includes three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d, and the three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d are wound around the three continuous rolls 5a in a chevron shape. The first sensor 31s (FIG. 5) that outputs in real time a value corresponding to the force F5a (FIG. 5) applied from the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet to the middle roll 31m of the rolls 31u, 31m, 31d. Furthermore, the apparatus 31 has a converter 31k that converts the value output from the first sensor 31s into a tension value.
 3本のロール31u,31m,31dは、それぞれ、CD方向に沿った回転軸回りに回転可能に支持されている。すなわち、図5に示すように、各ロール31u,31m,31dのCD方向の端部には、それぞれ軸受け部材Brgが製造ラインLMの定位置に移動不能に設けられていて、これにより、各ロール31u,31m,31dは当該軸受け部材Brgによって回転可能且つ並進移動不能に両端支持されている。また、3本のロール31u,31m,31dのうちの真ん中のロール31mの各軸受け部材Brgには、それぞれ、上記の第1のセンサー31sの一例として歪みゲージ31sが設けられていて、当該歪みゲージ31sは、バックシートの連続シート5aから当該ロール31mに付与される力F5aに応じた値をリアルタイムで出力する。すなわち、ロール31mに作用するロール31mの半径方向を向いた力F5aに応じた値をリアルタイムで出力する。そして、この力F5aは、バックシートの連続シート5aの張力の増減に連動して増減する力である。よって、当該張力の代替指標となり得る力であり、つまり、上記の値から、張力の値たる張力値を算出可能である。そのため、歪みゲージ31sからの出力値は、上記の換算器31kに入力されて、この換算器31k内で適宜な係数等が乗算されることにより、バックシートの連続シート5aの張力値に換算される。そして、当該張力値は、前述の繰り出し装置21のコントローラ21cにリアルタイムで入力されて、これにより、コントローラ21cでは、この張力値と張力目標値とのずれ量が演算される等、前述した繰り出し装置21の繰り出し速度値Vunwの制御に供される。 Each of the three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d is supported so as to be rotatable around a rotation axis along the CD direction. That is, as shown in FIG. 5, bearing members Brg are provided at the end portions in the CD direction of the respective rolls 31u, 31m, 31d so as not to move to the fixed positions of the production line LM. 31u, 31m, and 31d are supported at both ends by the bearing member Brg so that they can rotate but cannot translate. Each of the bearing members Brg of the middle roll 31m among the three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d is provided with a strain gauge 31s as an example of the first sensor 31s. 31s outputs the value according to the force F5a provided to the said roll 31m from the continuous sheet 5a of a back sheet in real time. That is, a value corresponding to the force F5a facing the radial direction of the roll 31m acting on the roll 31m is output in real time. The force F5a is a force that increases and decreases in conjunction with increase and decrease of the tension of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet. Therefore, it is a force that can be an alternative index of the tension, that is, a tension value that is a tension value can be calculated from the above value. Therefore, the output value from the strain gauge 31s is input to the converter 31k, and is converted into the tension value of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet by being multiplied by an appropriate coefficient or the like in the converter 31k. The Then, the tension value is inputted in real time to the controller 21c of the feeding device 21 described above, whereby the controller 21c calculates the amount of deviation between the tension value and the tension target value. 21 is used to control the feeding speed value Vunw.
 また、これら3本のロール31u,31m,31dは、上述のように定位置に支持されていて、これにより、回転する以外はほぼ移動しない。すなわち、基本的に並進移動はしない。よって、これらロール31u,31m,31dのうちの少なくとも一つのロールが並進移動する場合に起こり得る前述の問題、すなわち、並進移動に伴って前述のロールの慣性起因の力によりバックシートの連続シート5aに新たな張力の変動が発生するという問題を概ね回避することができて、その結果、同連続シート5aを、当該変動が抑制された状態で送り出し装置51へ送ることができる。そして、これにより、当該送り出し装置51は、同連続シート5aの伸長状態の変更を高い精度で行うことができて、その結果、送り出し装置51は、同連続シート5aのイラストIL,IL…が搬送方向に製品ピッチP3で並ぶように、且つ製品ピッチP3に基づいて定まるトップシートの連続シート3a上のイラストIL,IL…の配置目標位置に各イラストILが位置するように、高い精度でバックシートの連続シート5aをトップシートの連続シート3aに重ね合わせて固定可能となる。 Further, these three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d are supported at fixed positions as described above, and thus hardly move except for rotation. That is, basically no translation is performed. Therefore, the above-described problem that may occur when at least one of the rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d is translated, that is, the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet due to the inertial force of the roll accompanying the translational movement. Therefore, it is possible to substantially avoid the problem of new fluctuations in tension, and as a result, the continuous sheet 5a can be sent to the feeding device 51 with the fluctuations suppressed. As a result, the delivery device 51 can change the extension state of the continuous sheet 5a with high accuracy. As a result, the delivery device 51 conveys the illustrations IL, IL, ... of the continuous sheet 5a. Back sheet with high accuracy so that each illustration IL is positioned at the target position of illustrations IL, IL,... On top sheet continuous sheet 3a determined based on product pitch P3 so as to be lined up with product pitch P3 in the direction. The continuous sheet 5a can be fixed by being superimposed on the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet.
 なお、この例では、図5に示すように、3本のロール31u,31m,31dに掛け回されたバックシートの連続シート5aは、上方に突出した山形形状とされているが、何等これに限らない。すなわち、同連続シート5aが下方に突出した谷形形状となるように、3本のロール31u,31m,31dを配置しても良い。 In this example, as shown in FIG. 5, the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet that is wound around the three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d has a mountain shape protruding upward. Not exclusively. That is, the three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d may be arranged so that the continuous sheet 5a has a valley shape protruding downward.
 (3)送り出し装置51
 図4に示すように、送り出し装置51は、トップシートの連続シート3aの処理系統L3aへの合流位置Pjへバックシートの連続シート5aを送り出す。そして、この送り出す際には、バックシートの連続シート5aの搬送方向の伸長状態を適宜変更して、これにより、バックシートの連続シート5aのイラストILが前述の製品ピッチP3で並ぶように、且つ製品ピッチP3に基づいて定まるトップシートの連続シート3a上のイラストILの配置目標位置に同イラストILが位置するようにする。
(3) Delivery device 51
As shown in FIG. 4, the sending-out device 51 sends the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet to the joining position Pj to the processing system L3a of the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet. When the sheet is sent out, the extension state in the conveying direction of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is appropriately changed so that the illustration IL of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is arranged at the above-described product pitch P3, and The illustration IL is positioned at the arrangement target position of the illustration IL on the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet determined based on the product pitch P3.
 かかる送り出し装置51は、例えば、送り出しロールの一例としての一対のニップロール52a,52bと、一対のニップロール52a,52bの回転動作を制御するコントローラ55と、バックシートの連続シート5aのイラストILの位置を検出する検出センサー57と、を有する。 The delivery device 51 includes, for example, a pair of nip rolls 52a and 52b as an example of a delivery roll, a controller 55 that controls the rotational operation of the pair of nip rolls 52a and 52b, and the position of the illustration IL of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet. And a detection sensor 57 for detection.
 一対のニップロール52a,52bは、それぞれCD方向に沿った回転軸C52a,C52b回りに回転可能に支持されている。そして、各ロール52a,52bは、駆動源としてのサーボモータ(不図示)から駆動回転力を得て、バックシートの連続シート5aを挟み込みながら回転し、これにより、同連続シート5aを合流位置Pjへと送り出す。 The pair of nip rolls 52a and 52b are supported so as to be rotatable about rotation axes C52a and C52b along the CD direction, respectively. Each of the rolls 52a and 52b obtains a driving rotational force from a servo motor (not shown) as a driving source and rotates while sandwiching the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet, whereby the continuous sheet 5a is moved to the joining position Pj. To send to.
 コントローラ55は、PLCやシーケンサー等の適宜なコンピュータである。そして、検出センサー57から出力されるイラストILの検出信号に基づいてニップロール52a,52bの回転動作を制御することにより、ニップロール52a,52bと接合装置15との間のバックシートの連続シート5aの伸長状態を変更する。 The controller 55 is an appropriate computer such as a PLC or a sequencer. Then, by controlling the rotation operation of the nip rolls 52a and 52b based on the detection signal of the illustration IL output from the detection sensor 57, the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet between the nip rolls 52a and 52b and the joining device 15 is extended. Change state.
 検出センサー57は、例えば、撮像装置57cと、撮像装置57cから送信される画像データを画像処理する画像処理装置57ipと、を有している。撮像装置57cは、例えばCCDカメラとプロセッサとメモリとを有し、同カメラは、例えば、ニップロール52a,52bと接合装置15との間の搬送経路を移動中のバックシートの連続シート5aを撮像する。 The detection sensor 57 includes, for example, an imaging device 57c and an image processing device 57ip that performs image processing on image data transmitted from the imaging device 57c. The imaging device 57c includes, for example, a CCD camera, a processor, and a memory. The camera images, for example, the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet that is moving on the conveyance path between the nip rolls 52a and 52b and the joining device 15. .
 撮像動作は、前述の同期信号に基づいてなされる。すなわち、撮像装置57cは常時同期信号を受信していて、当該同期信号の回転角度値が、撮像装置57cのメモリ内に予め格納された規定の回転角度値と一致したことを検出した際に、撮像装置57cは撮像動作を行う。上記規定の回転角度値は、例えば、画像データが示す画像内に、イラストILが収まるような値に設定される。そして、同期信号の回転角度値が規定の回転角度値と一致する度に、撮像装置57cは撮像動作を繰り返す。そのため、この例では、イラストIL毎に撮像動作が行われて画像データが生成される。そして、新たな画像データの生成の度に、当該新たな画像データは、画像処理装置57ipへと送信される。 The imaging operation is performed based on the aforementioned synchronization signal. That is, when the imaging device 57c receives the synchronization signal at all times and detects that the rotation angle value of the synchronization signal matches the prescribed rotation angle value stored in advance in the memory of the imaging device 57c, The imaging device 57c performs an imaging operation. The prescribed rotation angle value is set, for example, to such a value that the illustration IL fits in the image indicated by the image data. Then, every time the rotation angle value of the synchronization signal matches the specified rotation angle value, the imaging device 57c repeats the imaging operation. Therefore, in this example, an imaging operation is performed for each illustration IL to generate image data. Each time new image data is generated, the new image data is transmitted to the image processing device 57ip.
 画像処理装置57ipは、適宜なコンピュータを本体とし、プロセッサとメモリとを有する。かかる画像処理装置57ipは、撮像装置57cからの画像データの送信の都度、送信される画像データに基づいて、画像処理の一例として二値化処理を行う。そして、二値化処理によって、画像データの画像におけるイラストILの撮像部分の画素を抽出して当該画素の位置座標を求める。詳しくは次の通りである。 
 先ず、画像データの画像は、X方向及びY方向の両方向に二次元的に並ぶ複数の画素によって構成されている。そして、画像は、例えばCD方向をX方向とし、搬送方向をY方向として撮像されている。また、画像データは、各画素に対応させてそれぞれ色情報を有している。この例では、画像データはグレースケールであるため、画素毎に色情報として明度のみを有している。また、イラストILを示す画素の明度は、バックシートの連続シート5aを示す画素の明度よりも低い値となっている。よって、所定の閾値以上の明度の画素を白画像に割り振り、閾値未満の明度の画素を黒画像に割り振るという二値化処理を行えば、画像におけるイラストILの撮像部分を黒画像として抽出することができる。そして、かかるイラストILの撮像部分が黒画像として抽出されれば、かかる黒画像を構成する全ての画素の位置座標の相加平均値を、上述のイラストILの撮像部分の画素の位置座標を代表する位置座標として用いることができる。
The image processing device 57ip has an appropriate computer as a main body and includes a processor and a memory. The image processing device 57ip performs binarization processing as an example of image processing based on the transmitted image data each time image data is transmitted from the imaging device 57c. Then, by binarization processing, the pixel of the imaging portion of the illustration IL in the image of the image data is extracted to obtain the position coordinate of the pixel. Details are as follows.
First, an image of image data is composed of a plurality of pixels arranged two-dimensionally in both the X direction and the Y direction. The images are taken with the CD direction as the X direction and the transport direction as the Y direction, for example. The image data has color information corresponding to each pixel. In this example, since the image data is grayscale, each pixel has only brightness as color information. Further, the brightness of the pixel indicating the illustration IL is lower than the brightness of the pixel indicating the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet. Therefore, if a binarization process is performed in which pixels having a lightness equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold are assigned to a white image and pixels having a lightness less than the threshold are assigned to a black image, the imaging portion of the illustration IL in the image is extracted as a black image. Can do. If the imaging part of the illustration IL is extracted as a black image, the arithmetic average value of the position coordinates of all the pixels constituting the black image is represented by the position coordinate of the pixel of the imaging part of the illustration IL. Can be used as position coordinates.
 一方、画像処理装置57ipの上記メモリには、比較用の位置座標のデータが予め格納されている。ここで、この比較用の位置座標は、上記の合流位置Pjにおいて、トップシートの連続シート3a上に規定された配置目標位置に正しくイラストILが配置される場合に、当該画像においてイラストILの画素が位置すべき位置座標を示している。また、かかる位置座標のうちのY座標が、搬送方向の座標を示している。 Meanwhile, position coordinate data for comparison is stored in advance in the memory of the image processing device 57ip. Here, the position coordinates for comparison are the pixels of the illustration IL in the image when the illustration IL is correctly arranged at the arrangement target position defined on the continuous sheet 3a of the top sheet at the merging position Pj. Indicates the position coordinates to be located. In addition, the Y coordinate among the position coordinates indicates the coordinate in the transport direction.
 従って、この比較用の位置座標のY座標の値から、二値化処理で抽出して求められたイラストILの撮像部分の画素の位置座標のY座標の値を減算することによって、画像処理装置57ipはイラストILの搬送方向のずれ量を算出することができる。そして、かかるずれ量の算出の都度、算出されたずれ量のデータを、前述の検出信号として上述のコントローラ55へ送信する。 Accordingly, by subtracting the Y coordinate value of the pixel position coordinate of the imaging portion of the illustration IL obtained by extraction from the binarization process from the Y coordinate value of the comparative position coordinate, the image processing apparatus 57ip can calculate the amount of deviation of the illustration IL in the transport direction. Each time the deviation amount is calculated, the calculated deviation amount data is transmitted to the controller 55 as the detection signal.
 すると、コントローラ55は、かかるデータに基づいてニップロール52a,52bの回転動作を制御する。例えば、このデータが示すずれ量に規定のゲインを乗算して変更量ΔVを算出するとともに、当該変更量ΔVを現状の周速値(m/秒)の指令値に加算して新たな指令値を求め、そして、この新たな指令値でニップロール52a,52bのサーボモータのアンプ53a,53bを制御する。そして、このようにしていれば、データが「搬送方向の上流側にイラストILがずれている」ことを示している場合には、周速値(m/秒)は現状値よりも変更量ΔVの絶対値分だけ大きくされて、これにより、イラストILの上流側へのずれ量が小さくされる。一方、データが「搬送方向の下流側にイラストILがずれている」ことを示している場合には、周速値(m/秒)は現状値よりも変更量ΔVの絶対値分だけ小さくされて、これにより、イラストILの下流側へのずれ量が小さくされる。 Then, the controller 55 controls the rotation operation of the nip rolls 52a and 52b based on the data. For example, the change amount ΔV is calculated by multiplying the deviation amount indicated by this data by a specified gain, and the change amount ΔV is added to the command value of the current peripheral speed value (m / sec) to obtain a new command value. Then, the servo motor amplifiers 53a and 53b of the nip rolls 52a and 52b are controlled by the new command value. If this is done, when the data indicates that the illustration IL is shifted upstream in the transport direction, the peripheral speed value (m / sec) is changed from the current value by the change amount ΔV. Is increased by an absolute value, and thereby the amount of deviation of the illustration IL toward the upstream side is reduced. On the other hand, when the data indicates that the illustration IL is shifted downstream in the transport direction, the peripheral speed value (m / sec) is made smaller by the absolute value of the change amount ΔV than the current value. Thus, the amount of deviation of the illustration IL toward the downstream side is reduced.
 ちなみに、この例では、かかる変更操作を、上記のデータがコントローラ55に送信される度に行うように構成されている。そして、これにより、バックシートの連続シート5aにおいておむつとなる各部分の全数に対して、ずれ量を小さくする調整がなされるが、何等これに限らない。例えば、複数回の送信に対して一回の割合で、上記の変更操作を行うようにしても良い。 Incidentally, in this example, such a change operation is performed every time the above data is transmitted to the controller 55. And thereby, adjustment which makes a deviation | shift amount small is made | formed with respect to the total number of each part which becomes a diaper in the continuous sheet | seat 5a of a back sheet | seat, but it is not restricted to this at all. For example, the above change operation may be performed at a rate of once for a plurality of transmissions.
 ところで、図8Aの概略平面図に示すように、上記の製造ラインLMを平面視で見た際のCD方向に沿う方向のことを「X1方向」と定義するとともに、CD方向と直交する方向のことを「Y1方向」と定義すると、上述の例では、バックシートの連続シート5aの処理系統L5aの全長に亘って同連続シート5aの搬送方向は、Y1方向を向いている。そのため、繰り出し装置21に係る回転軸部21aの配置位置及び張力計測装置31に係る3本のロール31u,31m,31dの各配置位置の何れの位置でも、バックシートの連続シート5aの搬送方向はY1方向に沿っていたが、何等これに限らない。例えば、図8Bの概略平面図に示すようにしても良い。 
 すなわち、同図8Bに示すように、上記回転軸部21a及びロール31u,31m,31dの各配置位置においては、連続シート5aの搬送方向を、平面視でY1方向と交差する交差方向に沿わせて設定しても良く、より詳しくは、この図8Bの例では、上記各配置位置での連続シート5aの搬送方向がX1方向に設定されている。但し、その場合には、張力計測装置31に係る3本のロール31u,31m,31dの配置位置と送り出し装置51の配置位置との間の位置で、連続シート5aの搬送方向をX1方向からY1方向に変更する必要がある。そのため、この例では、例えば直径25.4mmの丸棒製のターンバーTB(棒状部材に相当)が、上記位置に配置されている。詳しくは、ターンバーTBは、その長手方向がX1方向及びY1方向の両方向からそれぞれ45°だけ傾いた方向を向いた状態で移動不能且つ回転不能に配置されている。よって、このターンバーTBにバックシートの連続シート5aが掛け回されることにより、同連続シート5aの搬送方向がX1方向からY1方向へと変更される。 
 そして、かかるターンバーTBを有した構成によれば、図8Bに示すように、X1方向(つまり、送り出し装置51と合流位置Pjとを結ぶY1方向と平面視で交差する方向)に関して、送り出し装置51とはずれた位置に張力計測装置31に係る3本のロール31u,31m,31d及び繰り出し装置21に係る回転軸部21aを配置することができる。よって、この製造ラインLMの全長寸法をY1方向に関して短くすることができて、その結果、当該製造ラインLMのコンパクト化を図れる。
By the way, as shown in the schematic plan view of FIG. 8A, the direction along the CD direction when the production line LM is viewed in plan view is defined as “X1 direction”, and the direction orthogonal to the CD direction is defined. If this is defined as “Y1 direction”, in the above-described example, the conveying direction of the continuous sheet 5a is directed to the Y1 direction over the entire length of the processing system L5a of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet. Therefore, the conveying direction of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is any position of the arrangement position of the rotating shaft portion 21a related to the feeding device 21 and the arrangement positions of the three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d related to the tension measuring device 31. Although it was along the Y1 direction, it is not limited to this. For example, it may be as shown in the schematic plan view of FIG. 8B.
That is, as shown in FIG. 8B, at the arrangement positions of the rotary shaft portion 21a and the rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d, the conveying direction of the continuous sheet 5a is aligned with the intersecting direction intersecting the Y1 direction in plan view. More specifically, in the example of FIG. 8B, the conveyance direction of the continuous sheet 5a at each of the arrangement positions is set to the X1 direction. However, in that case, the conveyance direction of the continuous sheet 5a is changed from the X1 direction to the Y1 at a position between the arrangement position of the three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d related to the tension measuring device 31 and the arrangement position of the feeding device 51. Need to change direction. Therefore, in this example, for example, a turn bar TB (corresponding to a rod-shaped member) made of a round bar having a diameter of 25.4 mm is disposed at the above position. Specifically, the turn bar TB is disposed so as not to be movable and rotatable in a state in which the longitudinal direction thereof is oriented in a direction inclined by 45 ° from both the X1 direction and the Y1 direction. Therefore, when the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is wound around the turn bar TB, the conveying direction of the continuous sheet 5a is changed from the X1 direction to the Y1 direction.
According to the configuration having the turn bar TB, as shown in FIG. 8B, the feeding device 51 in the X1 direction (that is, the direction intersecting the Y1 direction connecting the feeding device 51 and the joining position Pj in plan view). The three rolls 31u, 31m, 31d related to the tension measuring device 31 and the rotating shaft portion 21a related to the feeding device 21 can be arranged at positions deviating from the above. Therefore, the overall length of the production line LM can be shortened in the Y1 direction, and as a result, the production line LM can be made compact.
 但し、このターンバーTBを設けると、当該ターンバーTBの位置でバックシートの連続シート5aの張力の変動が生じた場合に、当該連続シート5aが非回転のターンバーTBに引っ掛かったり同ターンバーTBとの間の摺動抵抗が過大になる等、トラブルをより誘発し易くなる。しかし、この点につき、この例では、前述したように3本のロール31u,31m,31dの慣性起因の力による新たな張力の変動の発生の問題が概ね回避される等、バックシートの連続シート5aの張力の変動は抑制されている。そのため、上記のトラブルの誘発も有効に防ぐことができる。 However, when the turn bar TB is provided, when the tension fluctuation of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet occurs at the position of the turn bar TB, the continuous sheet 5a is caught on the non-rotating turn bar TB or between the turn bars TB. It becomes easier to induce troubles such as excessive sliding resistance. However, with regard to this point, in this example, as described above, the problem of the occurrence of new tension fluctuations due to the inertial force of the three rolls 31u, 31m, 31d is largely avoided, and so on. The fluctuation of the tension of 5a is suppressed. Therefore, the above trouble induction can be effectively prevented.
 図9は、本実施形態の第1変形例の製造ラインLMの概略側面図である。 
 前述の実施形態(図4)との主な相違点は、同図9に示すように、バックシートの連続シート5aの処理系統L5aにおける張力計測装置31に係る3本のロール31u,31m,31dと送り出し装置51に係るニップロール52a,52bとの間の位置に、同連続シート5aの搬送方向の張力を調整する張力調整装置41が追設されている点にある。そして、これ以外の構成は、概ね前述の実施形態と同じである。よって、以下では、この相違点について主に説明し、同様の構成については同じ符号を付してその説明については省略する。
FIG. 9 is a schematic side view of the production line LM of the first modified example of the present embodiment.
As shown in FIG. 9, the main difference from the above-described embodiment (FIG. 4) is that the three rolls 31u, 31m, 31d related to the tension measuring device 31 in the processing system L5a of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet. And a tension adjusting device 41 for adjusting the tension in the conveying direction of the continuous sheet 5a is additionally provided at a position between the nip rolls 52a and 52b of the feeding device 51. Other configurations are generally the same as those in the above-described embodiment. Therefore, in the following, this difference will be mainly described, the same reference numerals are given to the same configurations, and the description thereof will be omitted.
 張力調整装置41は、上述の張力計測装置31の3本のロール31u,31m,31dと同構造の3本のロール41u,41m,41dを有し、また、同装置41は、これら3本のロール41u,41m,41dに山形形状にバックシートの連続シート5aを掛け回した状態で、これら3本のロール41u,41m,41dのうちの真ん中のロール41mに対してバックシートの連続シート5aから付与される力に応じた値をリアルタイムで出力する第2のセンサー(不図示)を有し、更に、同装置41は、上記真ん中のロール41mよりも搬送方向の上流側に配置された駆動ロール41kであって、同連続シート5aに接触して当該連続シート5aを搬送方向の下流に送り出すべくサーボモータ(不図示)で駆動回転する駆動ロール41kを有し、また、同装置41は、上記の第2のセンサーから出力される値に基づいて上記の駆動ロール41kを制御するPLCやシーケンサー等のコントローラ41cを有している。 The tension adjusting device 41 includes three rolls 41u, 41m, and 41d having the same structure as the three rolls 31u, 31m, and 31d of the tension measuring device 31, and the device 41 includes these three rolls. In a state where the back sheet continuous sheet 5a is hung around the rolls 41u, 41m, 41d in a chevron shape, the back sheet continuous sheet 5a with respect to the middle roll 41m of these three rolls 41u, 41m, 41d. The apparatus 41 includes a second sensor (not shown) that outputs a value corresponding to the applied force in real time, and the device 41 is a drive roll disposed upstream of the middle roll 41m in the transport direction. 41k, a drive roll 41 that rotates by a servo motor (not shown) to contact the continuous sheet 5a and send the continuous sheet 5a downstream in the conveying direction. Has also the apparatus 41 includes a controller 41c, such as a PLC or sequencer for controlling the drive roll 41k based on the value output from the second sensor.
 そして、3本のロール41u,41m,41dは、それぞれ、CD方向に沿った回転軸回りに回転可能に支持されている。すなわち、各ロール41u,41m,41dのCD方向の端部には、それぞれ不図示の軸受け部材が製造ラインLMの定位置に移動不能に設けられていて、これにより、各ロール41u,41m,41dは軸受け部材によって回転可能且つ並進移動不能に両端支持されている。また、3本のロール41u,41m,41dのうちの真ん中のロール41mの各軸受け部材には、それぞれ、上記の第2のセンサーの一例として歪みゲージ(不図示)が設けられていて、当該歪みゲージは、バックシートの連続シート5aから当該ロール41mに付与される力に応じた値をリアルタイムで出力する。すなわち、ロール41mに作用するロール41mの半径方向を向いた力に応じた値をリアルタイムで出力する。そして、かかる歪みゲージからの出力値は、上記のコントローラ41cに入力されて、このコントローラ41c内で適宜な係数等が乗算されることにより、バックシートの連続シート5aの張力値(N)(「張力に係る値」に相当)に換算される。そして、当該張力値が、規定の張力目標値(「第2の目標値」に相当)に揃うように、コントローラ41cは、駆動ロール41kの周速値(m/秒)を制御する。 The three rolls 41u, 41m, and 41d are each supported so as to be rotatable around a rotation axis along the CD direction. That is, a bearing member (not shown) is provided at the end of each roll 41u, 41m, 41d in the CD direction so as not to move to a fixed position of the production line LM, and thereby each roll 41u, 41m, 41d. Is supported at both ends by a bearing member so as to be rotatable and non-translatable. Each of the bearing members of the middle roll 41m among the three rolls 41u, 41m, 41d is provided with a strain gauge (not shown) as an example of the second sensor. A gauge outputs the value according to the force provided to the said roll 41m from the continuous sheet 5a of a back sheet in real time. That is, a value corresponding to the force in the radial direction of the roll 41m acting on the roll 41m is output in real time. The output value from the strain gauge is input to the controller 41c, and multiplied by an appropriate coefficient or the like in the controller 41c, whereby the tension value (N) (" Equivalent to the value related to tension). Then, the controller 41c controls the peripheral speed value (m / sec) of the drive roll 41k so that the tension value is aligned with the specified tension target value (corresponding to the “second target value”).
 より詳しくは、かかる制御は、例えば次の処理を所定の制御周期で繰り返し行うことでなされる。先ず、張力目標値からの張力値のずれ量を、後者から前者を減算することで求める。次に、このずれ量に所定の制御ゲインを乗算して制御量を算出するとともに、当該制御量を現状の周速値(m/秒)の指令値に加算して新たな指令値を求める。そして、この新たな指令値で駆動ロール41kを回転する。よって、当該張力値が張力目標値よりも大きい場合には、周速値(m/秒)は現状値よりも制御量の絶対値分だけ大きくされて、これにより、張力値は張力目標値に近づくように小さくなる一方、張力値が張力目標値よりも小さい場合には、周速値(m/秒)は現状値よりも制御量の絶対値分だけ小さくされて、これにより、張力値は張力目標値に近づくように大きくなる。 More specifically, such control is performed, for example, by repeatedly performing the following processing at a predetermined control cycle. First, the amount of deviation of the tension value from the tension target value is obtained by subtracting the former from the latter. Next, the control amount is calculated by multiplying this deviation amount by a predetermined control gain, and the control amount is added to the command value of the current peripheral speed value (m / sec) to obtain a new command value. And the drive roll 41k is rotated with this new command value. Therefore, when the tension value is larger than the target tension value, the peripheral speed value (m / sec) is made larger than the current value by the absolute value of the control amount, so that the tension value becomes the target tension value. On the other hand, when the tension value is smaller than the target tension value, the peripheral speed value (m / sec) is made smaller by the absolute value of the control amount than the current value, so that the tension value is It increases to approach the tension target value.
 そして、このようして張力値が張力目標値に揃うように駆動ロール41kの周速値が変更されれば、仮に、搬送方向の下流に位置する送り出し装置51がバックシートの連続シート5aの伸長状態を変更した際に同連造シート5aの張力が変動して、この変動が搬送方向の上流側に遡った場合でも、当該変動を、上記駆動ロール41kの周速値の変更で縮小することができる。そして、これにより、張力調整装置41は、張力の変動が抑制されたバックシートの連続シート5aを送り出し装置51へ送ることができて、その結果、送り出し装置51は、バックシートの連続シート5aの伸長状態の変更を高い精度で行えるようになる。 
 また、これら3本のロール41u,41m,41dは、上述のように定位置に支持されていて、これにより、回転する以外はほぼ移動しない。すなわち、基本的に並進移動はしない。よって、これらロール41u,41m,41dのうちの少なくとも一つのロールが並進移動する場合に起こり得る前述の問題、すなわち、並進移動に伴って前述のロールの慣性起因の力によりバックシートの連続シート5aに新たな張力の変動が発生するという問題を概ね回避することができて、その結果、同連続シート5aを、当該変動が抑制された状態で送り出し装置51へ送ることができる。そして、これにより、当該送り出し装置51は、同連続シート5aの伸長状態の変更を高い精度で行うことができる。
Then, if the peripheral speed value of the drive roll 41k is changed so that the tension value is aligned with the tension target value in this way, the feeding device 51 located downstream in the conveying direction temporarily extends the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet. Even when the tension of the continuous sheet 5a fluctuates when the state is changed and this fluctuation goes back to the upstream side in the transport direction, the fluctuation is reduced by changing the peripheral speed value of the drive roll 41k. Can do. Thereby, the tension adjusting device 41 can send the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet in which the fluctuation of the tension is suppressed to the feeding device 51, and as a result, the feeding device 51 can feed the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet. The extension state can be changed with high accuracy.
Further, these three rolls 41u, 41m, and 41d are supported at fixed positions as described above, and thus hardly move except for rotation. That is, basically no translation is performed. Therefore, the above-described problem that may occur when at least one of the rolls 41u, 41m, and 41d is translated, that is, the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet due to the inertial force of the roll accompanying the translational movement. Therefore, it is possible to substantially avoid the problem of new fluctuations in tension, and as a result, the continuous sheet 5a can be sent to the feeding device 51 with the fluctuations suppressed. Thereby, the delivery device 51 can change the extension state of the continuous sheet 5a with high accuracy.
 更に、この張力調整装置41を設けた場合には、上記の送り出し装置51起因の連続シート5aの張力の変動を、繰り出し装置21の繰り出し動作で縮小するよりも前に、当該張力調整装置41で縮小することができる。よって、より即時的に張力の変動を縮小可能であり、その結果、送り出し装置51は、連続シート5aの伸長状態の変更をより高い精度で行えるようになる。 Further, when the tension adjusting device 41 is provided, the tension adjusting device 41 can reduce the tension variation of the continuous sheet 5 a caused by the feeding device 51 before the reduction in the feeding operation of the feeding device 21. Can be reduced. Therefore, the fluctuation in tension can be reduced more instantaneously. As a result, the feeding device 51 can change the extension state of the continuous sheet 5a with higher accuracy.
 なお、かかる即時性の観点からは、張力調整装置41を送り出し装置51に近接して配置するのが望ましい。そして、そのためには、バックシートの連続シート5aの搬送経路における張力調整装置41の上記3本のロール41u,41m,41dの配置位置及び上記駆動ロール41kの配置位置が、繰り出し装置21がシートロール5arから同連続シート5aを繰り出す繰り出し位置よりも、送り出し装置51が同連続シート5aを送り出す送り出し位置の方に近いと良い。 Note that, from the viewpoint of immediacy, it is desirable to dispose the tension adjusting device 41 close to the feeding device 51. For that purpose, the arrangement position of the three rolls 41u, 41m, 41d of the tension adjusting device 41 and the arrangement position of the driving roll 41k in the conveyance path of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet are determined by the feeding device 21 as the sheet roll. It is preferable that the feeding device 51 is closer to the feeding position at which the continuous sheet 5a is fed out than the feeding position at which the continuous sheet 5a is fed from 5ar.
 更に、かかる即時性の観点からは、この張力調整装置41のコントローラ41cは、駆動ロール41kの回転動作の制御を、前述の第2のセンサーの張力値だけでなく、前述の送り出し装置51の画像処理装置57ipが生成するイラストILの検出信号(つまり、イラストILの搬送方向のずれ量のデータ)も加味して行うのが望ましい。例えば、画像処理装置57ipからコントローラ41cへと、上記の検出信号を入力するとともに、当該コントローラ41cでは、この検出信号が示すイラストILの搬送方向のずれ量に規定のゲインを乗算して変更量ΔVを算出する。そして、この変更量ΔVと、前述の第2のセンサーの張力値に係る制御量とを、駆動ロール41kの現状の周速値の指令値に加算して新たな指令値を求め、そして、当該新たな指令値で駆動ロール41kを回転すると良い。 Further, from the viewpoint of immediacy, the controller 41c of the tension adjusting device 41 controls the rotation operation of the drive roll 41k, not only the tension value of the second sensor described above, but also the image of the sending device 51 described above. It is desirable that the detection is performed in consideration of the detection signal of the illustration IL generated by the processing device 57ip (that is, data of the deviation amount in the conveyance direction of the illustration IL). For example, the detection signal is input from the image processing device 57ip to the controller 41c, and the controller 41c multiplies the deviation amount in the transport direction of the illustration IL indicated by the detection signal by a specified gain, and the change amount ΔV Is calculated. Then, the change amount ΔV and the control amount related to the tension value of the second sensor described above are added to the command value of the current peripheral speed value of the drive roll 41k to obtain a new command value, and It is preferable to rotate the drive roll 41k with a new command value.
 そして、このようにすれば、送り出し装置51による伸長状態の変更の影響が、バックシートの連続シート5aの張力の変動として上流側に遡っていって張力調整装置41の上記第2のセンサーで検出されるよりも前に、当該張力調整装置41の駆動ロール41kは、上記の張力の変動が小さくなるように回転することができる。よって、より早期に同連続シート5aの張力の変動を抑制可能となる。 In this way, the influence of the change in the extension state by the feeding device 51 is detected upstream by the second sensor of the tension adjusting device 41 as the fluctuation of the tension of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet. Prior to being done, the drive roll 41k of the tension adjusting device 41 can rotate so that the fluctuations in tension are reduced. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the fluctuation of the tension of the continuous sheet 5a earlier.
 また、かかる張力調整装置41は、繰り出し装置21で大きくなった連続シート5aの伸長状態を緩和する緩和装置としても機能する。すなわち、当該張力調整装置41では、繰り出し装置21で伸長した連続シート5aの伸長倍率Munwよりも小さくなるように、同連続シート5aの伸長状態を緩和する。そして、このように伸長状態を緩和した場合には、当該張力調整装置41から送り出し装置51まで搬送される間に同連続シート5aに生じ得る幅縮みや縦筋、折れ返り等の不具合を有効に防止することができる。また、この防止効果をより高める観点からは、望ましくは、張力調整装置41で緩和後の連続シート5aの伸長倍率Mrが、送り出し装置51で変更後の連続シート5aの伸長倍率Msよりも小さくなるようにすると良く、この例では、そのようにすべく、当該伸長倍率Mrを1.017倍にしている。かかる伸長倍率の設定は、上記のコントローラ41c内において、前述の張力目標値を、伸長倍率Mrに対応する値に設定することでなされ、かかる張力目標値の求め方は、前述の繰り出し装置21で説明した方法と同じであるので、その説明については省略する。 Further, the tension adjusting device 41 also functions as a relaxation device that relaxes the stretched state of the continuous sheet 5a that has been enlarged by the feeding device 21. That is, in the tension adjusting device 41, the stretched state of the continuous sheet 5a is relaxed so as to be smaller than the stretch magnification Munw of the continuous sheet 5a stretched by the feeding device 21. When the stretched state is relaxed in this way, problems such as width shrinkage, vertical stripes, folding, and the like that may occur in the continuous sheet 5a while being conveyed from the tension adjusting device 41 to the feeding device 51 are effectively utilized. Can be prevented. Also, from the viewpoint of further enhancing this prevention effect, desirably, the expansion ratio Mr of the continuous sheet 5a after relaxation by the tension adjusting device 41 is smaller than the expansion ratio Ms of the continuous sheet 5a after being changed by the feeding device 51. In this example, the extension magnification Mr is set to 1.017 in order to do so. The extension magnification is set by setting the tension target value described above to a value corresponding to the extension magnification Mr in the controller 41c. The tension target value is obtained by the feeding device 21 described above. Since it is the same as the method described, the description thereof is omitted.
 図10は、本実施形態の第2変形例の製造ラインLMの概略側面図である。 
 前述の第1変形例との主な相違点は、(1)繰り出し装置21,21が二つ設けられていること、(2)搬送方向における繰り出し装置21の回転軸部21aと張力計測装置31の3本のロール31u,31m,31dとの間に資材継ぎ装置25が設けられていること、(3)資材継ぎ装置25と張力調整装置41の3本のロール41u,41m,41dとの間に、バックシートの連続シート5aをループの形態で蓄積可能な蓄積装置35が配置されていることの3点にある。そして、これら以外の構成は、概ね前述の実施形態と同じである。よって、以下では、これらの相違点について主に説明し、同様の構成については同じ符号を付してその説明については省略する。
FIG. 10 is a schematic side view of the production line LM of the second modified example of the present embodiment.
The main differences from the first modification described above are (1) that two feeding devices 21 and 21 are provided, and (2) the rotating shaft portion 21a of the feeding device 21 and the tension measuring device 31 in the transport direction. That the material splicing device 25 is provided between the three rolls 31u, 31m and 31d, and (3) between the material splicing device 25 and the three rolls 41u, 41m and 41d of the tension adjusting device 41. In addition, the storage device 35 capable of storing the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet in the form of a loop is disposed. Other configurations are generally the same as those in the above-described embodiment. Therefore, below, these differences are mainly demonstrated, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected about the same structure, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.
 二つの繰り出し装置21,21は、それぞれ回転軸部21a,21aを有する。そして、各回転軸部21aの構成及び動作は、本実施形態のところで説明した内容と同じである。例えば、各回転軸部21a,21aは、それぞれ、駆動源としてのサーボモータで駆動回転されるとともに、各回転軸部21a,21aは、それぞれ、シートロール5ar,5arが中心部に有する貫通孔に挿入される。そして、当該回転軸部21aでシートロール5arを支持した状態で、同回転軸部21aが、基本的に第1のセンサー31s(図5)からの出力値由来の前述の張力値に基づいて駆動回転することにより、シートロール5arからバックシートの連続シート5aを繰り出す。 
 但し、これら二つの繰り出し装置21,21は、交互に切り替えて使用される。すなわち、一方の繰り出し装置21がバックシートの連続シート5aを繰り出している間は、他方の繰り出し装置21は概ね待機状態にあり、そして、一方の繰り出し装置21のバックシートの連続シート5aが無くなりそうになったら、これに代えて、待機状態の他方の繰り出し装置21がバックシートの連続シート5aの繰り出し動作を開始する。
The two feeding devices 21 and 21 have rotating shaft portions 21a and 21a, respectively. And the structure and operation | movement of each rotating shaft part 21a are the same as the content demonstrated in this embodiment. For example, the rotary shaft portions 21a and 21a are respectively driven and rotated by a servo motor as a drive source, and the rotary shaft portions 21a and 21a are respectively formed in through holes provided in the center of the sheet rolls 5ar and 5ar. Inserted. Then, in a state where the sheet roll 5ar is supported by the rotation shaft portion 21a, the rotation shaft portion 21a is basically driven based on the tension value derived from the output value from the first sensor 31s (FIG. 5). By rotating, the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is fed out from the sheet roll 5ar.
However, these two feeding devices 21 and 21 are used by switching alternately. That is, while one feeding device 21 feeds the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet, the other feeding device 21 is substantially in a standby state, and the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet of the one feeding device 21 is likely to disappear. Instead of this, instead of this, the other feeding device 21 in the standby state starts the feeding operation of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet.
 資材継ぎ装置25は、一方の繰り出し装置21で繰り出されるバックシートの連続シート5aに、他方の繰り出し装置21に支持されて待機中のシートロール5arのバックシートの連続シート5aを接続する装置である。そして、これにより、途切れることなく連続してバックシートの連続シート5aを繰り出すことができる。 The material splicing device 25 is a device that connects the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet fed by one feeding device 21 to the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet of the sheet roll 5ar that is supported by the other feeding device 21 and is on standby. . And thereby, the continuous sheet 5a of a back sheet can be let out continuously without interruption.
 かかる資材継ぎ装置25は、周知構成であり、例えば、クランプ機構(不図示)と、カッター機構(不図示)と、を有する。そして、次のようにして接続処理がなされる。先ず、他方の繰り出し装置21で待機中のシートロール5arのバックシートの連続シート5aの先端部5aeを、クランプ機構の一方の挟圧部材に載置にするとともに、同先端部5aeに両面テープを取り付ける。次に、一方の繰り出し装置21がバックシートの連続シート5aの繰り出し動作を停止している間に、当該連続シート5aに対向する他方の挟圧部材の方へと、一方の挟圧部材を移動して、これら一対の挟圧部材同士で、同連続シート5aと両面テープと先端部5aeとの三者を挟圧し、これにより、一方の繰り出し装置21で繰り出し停止中の連続シート5aと他方の繰り出し装置21で待機中のシートロール5arの連続シート5aとを接続する。そうしたら、この挟圧状態の間に、カッター機構で、一方の繰り出し装置21の連続シート5aを、両面テープで接続された部分よりも搬送方向の上流側の位置で切断する。そして、しかる後に、一対の挟圧部材の挟圧状態を解除すれば、一方の繰り出し装置21のシートロール5arから他方の繰り出し装置21のシートロール5arへと、バックシートの連続シート5aを繰り出すシートロール5arが切り替えられる。 The material splicing device 25 has a well-known configuration and includes, for example, a clamp mechanism (not shown) and a cutter mechanism (not shown). Then, connection processing is performed as follows. First, the front end portion 5ae of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet of the sheet roll 5ar waiting in the other feeding device 21 is placed on one pressing member of the clamp mechanism, and a double-sided tape is attached to the front end portion 5ae. Install. Next, while one feeding device 21 stops the feeding operation of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet, the one clamping member is moved toward the other clamping member facing the continuous sheet 5a. Then, the pair of pressing members press the three members of the continuous sheet 5a, the double-sided tape, and the front end portion 5ae, and thereby the continuous sheet 5a that is stopped to be fed by one feeding device 21 and the other sheet The continuous sheet 5a of the waiting sheet roll 5ar is connected by the feeding device 21. If it does so, the continuous sheet 5a of one feeding device 21 will be cut | disconnected by the cutter mechanism in the upstream position of a conveyance direction rather than the part connected with the double-sided tape during this clamping state. After that, if the clamping state of the pair of clamping members is released, the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is fed from the sheet roll 5ar of one feeding device 21 to the sheet roll 5ar of the other feeding device 21. The role 5ar is switched.
 蓄積装置35は、繰り出し装置21から繰り出されたバックシートの連続シート5aを搬送方向の下流へ供給可能に蓄積する装置である。かかる蓄積装置35は、定位置に配された複数の固定ローラー35s,35s…からなる固定ローラー群G35sと、バックシートの連続シート5aの上記ループの大きさを変更可能な方向として上下方向に往復移動可能に案内された複数の移動ローラー35m,35mからなる移動ローラー群G35mと、移動ローラー群G35mを上下方向に往復移動させるアクチュエータ(不図示)と、このアクチュエータを制御するPLC等のコントローラ(不図示)と、を有している。 The storage device 35 is a device for storing the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet fed from the feeding device 21 so as to be supplied downstream in the conveying direction. The accumulating device 35 reciprocates in the vertical direction as a direction in which the size of the loop of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet can be changed, and a fixed roller group G35s composed of a plurality of fixed rollers 35s, 35s. A moving roller group G35m composed of a plurality of moving rollers 35m, 35m guided so as to be movable, an actuator (not shown) for reciprocating the moving roller group G35m in the vertical direction, and a controller (not shown) such as a PLC for controlling the actuator. (Shown).
 そして、バックシートの連続シート5aは、固定ローラー群G35sに属する各固定ローラー35sと移動ローラー群G35mに属する各移動ローラー35mとに交互に掛け回されていて、これにより、バックシートの連続シート5aのループが形成されている。よって、移動ローラー群G35mが固定ローラー群G35sから離れる方向(図10の例では下方)に移動すれば、ループが大きくなってバックシートの連続シート5aが蓄積される一方、上下方向において移動ローラー群G35mが固定ローラー群G35sに近づく方向(図10の例では上方)に移動すれば、ループが小さくなって、蓄積されていた連続シート5aが送り出し装置51へと供給される。 The continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is alternately wound around the fixed rollers 35s belonging to the fixed roller group G35s and the moving rollers 35m belonging to the moving roller group G35m, and thereby the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet. The loop is formed. Therefore, if the moving roller group G35m moves in the direction away from the fixed roller group G35s (downward in the example of FIG. 10), the loop becomes large and the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is accumulated, while the moving roller group in the vertical direction. If G35m moves in a direction approaching the fixed roller group G35s (upward in the example of FIG. 10), the loop becomes smaller and the accumulated continuous sheet 5a is supplied to the feeding device 51.
 ここで、前述のように繰り出し動作を一方の繰り出し装置21から他方の繰り出し装置21へと切り替える際には、一方の繰り出し装置21による連続シート5aの繰り出し速度値Vunwが徐々に小さくなっていって、これにより、繰り出し動作が停止に移行していくが、その場合には、蓄積装置35は、ループを小さくすることにより、送り出し装置51へとバックシートの連続シート5aを供給する。よって、送り出し装置51は、上記の繰り出し動作の停止の影響無く、伸長状態を変更しながらの送り出し動作を継続して行うことができる。また、この蓄積装置35の供給動作は、前述の資材継ぎ装置25による連続シート5aの接続処理が終了するまで継続されるが、当該接続処理が終了して、他方の繰り出し装置21での繰り出し動作が可能な状態になると、他方の繰り出し装置21から繰り出される連続シート5aを、蓄積装置35は、ループを大きくすることによって蓄積する。そして、かかるループが規定の長さになった際には、次の繰り出し動作の切り替えまで、上記の規定の長さに対応する上下方向の定位置から移動ローラー群G35mが移動しないように、アクチュエータは移動ローラー群G35mを保持する。よって、移動ローラー群G35mが移動した場合に各移動ローラー35mの慣性起因の力によって生じ得る連続シート5aの張力の変動を抑制することができる。 Here, as described above, when the feeding operation is switched from one feeding device 21 to the other feeding device 21, the feeding speed value Vunw of the continuous sheet 5a by one feeding device 21 is gradually decreased. Thus, the feeding operation shifts to stop. In this case, the storage device 35 supplies the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet to the feeding device 51 by reducing the loop. Therefore, the delivery device 51 can continuously perform the delivery operation while changing the extended state without being affected by the stop of the delivery operation. Further, the supply operation of the storage device 35 is continued until the connection processing of the continuous sheet 5a by the material splicing device 25 is completed, but the connection processing is completed and the feeding operation in the other feeding device 21 is completed. When the state becomes possible, the accumulating device 35 accumulates the continuous sheet 5a fed from the other feeding device 21 by enlarging the loop. When the loop reaches a specified length, the actuator is arranged so that the moving roller group G35m does not move from the fixed position in the vertical direction corresponding to the specified length until the next feeding operation is switched. Holds the moving roller group G35m. Therefore, when the moving roller group G35m moves, fluctuations in the tension of the continuous sheet 5a that can be caused by the inertial force of each moving roller 35m can be suppressed.
 ここで、かかるアクチュエータとしては位置制御可能なものが使用され、この例では、リニアサーボモータが使用されている。リニアサーボモータは、ベース部材と、ベース部材に対して上下方向に往復移動可能に案内されたスライダ部材と、スライダ部材の上下方向の実績位置を計測するリニア式エンコーダと、を有する。そして、スライダには、移動ローラー群G35mの各移動ローラー35mが、それぞれ不図示の軸受け部材を介して回転可能に支持されている。また、上記のようにリニアサーボモータはスライダを位置制御に基づいて上下方向に移動する。すなわち、同モータは、リニア式エンコーダから出力されるスライダの実績位置と、コントローラから送信される制御信号が示す上下方向の指令位置との偏差が小さくなるようにスライダを移動する。よって、当該コントローラが、指令位置として上記の定位置を含む制御信号を同モータに送信することによって、上記のような定位置での移動ローラー群G35mの保持を実現することができる。 Here, as the actuator, an actuator capable of position control is used, and in this example, a linear servo motor is used. The linear servo motor includes a base member, a slider member guided so as to be reciprocally movable in the vertical direction with respect to the base member, and a linear encoder that measures the actual position of the slider member in the vertical direction. Then, the moving rollers 35m of the moving roller group G35m are rotatably supported by the slider via unillustrated bearing members. Further, as described above, the linear servo motor moves the slider in the vertical direction based on the position control. That is, the motor moves the slider so that the deviation between the actual position of the slider output from the linear encoder and the vertical command position indicated by the control signal transmitted from the controller is small. Therefore, the controller can transmit the control signal including the above-mentioned fixed position as the command position to the motor, thereby realizing the holding of the moving roller group G35m at the fixed position as described above.
 一方、繰り出し動作の切り替えの際に蓄積装置35が行う連続シート5aの供給動作は、例えば次のようにしてなされる。先ず、張力計測装置31から出力される張力値は、常時上記のコントローラに入力されている。一方、上記切り替えを行うべく一方の繰り出し装置21の繰り出し動作を停止へ移行すると、当該一方の繰り出し装置21からは連続シート5aが繰り出されなくなるが、それにもかかわらず、下流の送り出し装置51の方へは連続シート5aが送られるので、張力計測装置31から出力される張力値が大きくなり得る。但し、このときには、同コントローラは、当該張力値が規定の張力目標値(第3の目標値に相当)に揃うように、上記のリニアサーボモータを制御している。すなわち、コントローラは、張力値が張力目標値と揃うような指令位置を演算して求め、当該指令位置を含む制御信号を同モータに送信することによって同モータを制御している。よって、同モータは、大きくなろうとする張力値が張力目標値に戻るようにスライダを移動する。つまり、ループが小さくなるように移動ローラー群G35mを上昇して、その結果、蓄積装置35から連続シート5aが下流の送り出し装置51へと止まること無く供給される。 On the other hand, the supply operation of the continuous sheet 5a performed by the storage device 35 when switching the feeding operation is performed as follows, for example. First, the tension value output from the tension measuring device 31 is always input to the controller. On the other hand, when the feeding operation of one feeding device 21 is shifted to stop so as to perform the switching, the continuous sheet 5a is not fed from the one feeding device 21, but nevertheless, the downstream feeding device 51 Since the continuous sheet 5a is fed to the head, the tension value output from the tension measuring device 31 can be increased. However, at this time, the controller controls the linear servo motor so that the tension value is aligned with a prescribed tension target value (corresponding to the third target value). That is, the controller calculates the command position so that the tension value is aligned with the tension target value, and controls the motor by transmitting a control signal including the command position to the motor. Therefore, the motor moves the slider so that the tension value to be increased returns to the tension target value. That is, the moving roller group G35m is raised so that the loop becomes small, and as a result, the continuous sheet 5a is supplied from the accumulation device 35 to the downstream delivery device 51 without stopping.
 また、接続処理の終了後に蓄積装置35が行う連続シート5aの蓄積動作は、例えば次のようにしてなされる。先ず、この時点は、繰り出し動作の切り替え直後であることから、当該時点では、既に他方の繰り出し装置21の繰り出し動作が開始されている。また、当該繰り出し動作は、前述したのと同様に、張力計測装置31から出力される張力値に基づいてなされている。すなわち、当該張力値が張力目標値(第4の目標値に相当)に揃うように他方の繰り出し装置21から連続シート5aが繰り出されている。そのため、コントローラが、リニアサーボモータを位置制御して移動ローラー群G35mを上述の定位置まで下降すれば、下流の送り出し装置51の方へ送るべき連続シート5aの必要量よりも上記の下降分だけ余計に連続シート5aが繰り出し装置21から繰り出される。そして、その結果、送り出し装置51へと連続シート5aを送る状態を維持しながらも、ループが大きくされて蓄積装置35には連続シート5aが蓄積される。 Further, the accumulation operation of the continuous sheet 5a performed by the accumulation device 35 after the connection process is completed is performed as follows, for example. First, since this time is immediately after switching of the feeding operation, the feeding operation of the other feeding device 21 has already been started at this time. The feeding operation is performed based on the tension value output from the tension measuring device 31 as described above. That is, the continuous sheet 5a is fed out from the other feeding device 21 so that the tension value becomes equal to the tension target value (corresponding to the fourth target value). Therefore, if the controller controls the position of the linear servo motor and lowers the moving roller group G35m to the above-mentioned fixed position, the above-mentioned lowering amount than the necessary amount of the continuous sheet 5a to be sent to the downstream feeding device 51 is required. The continuous sheet 5a is unwound from the unwinding device 21. As a result, while maintaining the state where the continuous sheet 5 a is fed to the feeding device 51, the loop is enlarged and the continuous sheet 5 a is accumulated in the accumulation device 35.
 なお、ここで望ましくは、ループを小さくする場合に、リニアサーボモータは、上下方向においてループが小さくなる方向たる上方の力を移動ローラー群G35mに付与することにより、移動ローラー群G35mを上方へ移動すると良く、同様に、ループを大きくする場合も、同リニアサーボモータは、上下方向においてループが大きくなる方向たる下方の力を移動ローラー群G35mに付与することにより、移動ローラー群G35mを下方に移動すると良い。 Desirably, when the loop is made smaller, the linear servo motor moves the moving roller group G35m upward by applying an upward force in the vertical direction to the moving roller group G35m. Similarly, when the loop is enlarged, the linear servo motor moves the moving roller group G35m downward by applying a downward force to the moving roller group G35m in the direction in which the loop increases in the vertical direction. Good.
 そして、このようにしていれば、移動ローラー群G35mの慣性起因の力をリニアサーボモータが受けて負担することができて、これにより、当該慣性起因の力が連続シート5aに作用することを防ぐことができる。そして、その結果、当該力により新たな張力の変動が、連続シート5aに生じることを有効に防ぐことができて、これにより、当該連続シート5aを、上述のように張力の変動が抑制された状態で確実に送り出し装置51へ送ることができる。 And if it does in this way, the linear servomotor can receive and bear the force resulting from the inertia of the moving roller group G35m, thereby preventing the force caused by the inertia from acting on the continuous sheet 5a. be able to. As a result, it is possible to effectively prevent a new tension variation from occurring in the continuous sheet 5a due to the force, thereby suppressing the tension variation in the continuous sheet 5a as described above. In this state, it can be reliably sent to the delivery device 51.
 図11は、本実施形態の第3変形例の製造ラインLMの概略側面図である。また、図12A乃至図12Eは、この第3変形例でなされる接続処理を説明するための概略側面図である。 
 前述の第2変形例では、図10の資材継ぎ装置25は、一方の繰り出し装置21による連続シート5aの繰り出し動作を停止した状態で、当該連続シート5aに対して、他方の繰り出し装置21で待機中のシートロール5arの連続シート5aを接続していたが、この図11の第3変形例では、一方の繰り出し装置21による連続シート5aの繰り出し動作を停止せずに、この繰り出し中の連続シート5aに対して、他方の繰り出し装置21で待機中のシートロール5arの連続シート5aを接続する。そして、これにより、この第3変形例では、繰り出し動作の停止に起因して必要であった蓄積装置35が省略されている。なお、これら以外の点は、概ね第2変形例と同じである。そのため、第2変形例と同じ構成については同じ符号を付してその説明については省略する。
FIG. 11 is a schematic side view of a production line LM according to a third modification of the present embodiment. 12A to 12E are schematic side views for explaining the connection processing performed in the third modification.
In the second modification described above, the material splicing device 25 in FIG. 10 waits at the other feeding device 21 for the continuous sheet 5a in a state where the feeding operation of the continuous sheet 5a by the one feeding device 21 is stopped. The continuous sheet 5a of the inner sheet roll 5ar is connected. However, in the third modified example of FIG. 11, the continuous sheet 5a being fed out by the one feeding device 21 is not stopped and the continuous sheet being fed out is stopped. The continuous sheet 5 a of the sheet roll 5 ar waiting on the other feeding device 21 is connected to 5 a. Thereby, in the third modification, the storage device 35 that is necessary due to the stop of the feeding operation is omitted. The points other than these are substantially the same as in the second modification. For this reason, the same components as those of the second modification are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.
 図12Aに示すように、二つの繰り出し装置21,21の各回転軸部21a,21aは、それぞれ、例えば矩形の周回軌道TR21aをボックスモーションするようになっている。そして、この周回軌道TR21aには、回転軸部21aが大半の繰り出し動作を行う繰り出し動作実行位置Peと、繰り出し動作の終了間際の回転軸部21aが一時退避する一時退避位置Phと、繰り出し動作を終了した回転軸部21aが次の繰り出し動作まで待機する待機位置Prと、が設定されている。そして、一方の回転軸部21aから他方の回転軸部21aへの繰り出し動作の切り替えは、例えば次のようにしてなされる。 As shown in FIG. 12A, the rotary shafts 21a and 21a of the two feeding devices 21 and 21 are each configured to perform box motion on, for example, a rectangular orbit TR21a. The circular orbit TR21a has a feeding operation execution position Pe where the rotating shaft portion 21a performs most of the feeding operation, a temporary retracting position Ph where the rotating shaft portion 21a is temporarily retracted just before the end of the feeding operation, and a feeding operation. A standby position Pr at which the completed rotating shaft portion 21a waits until the next feeding operation is set. Then, the feeding operation is switched from one rotary shaft portion 21a to the other rotary shaft portion 21a, for example, as follows.
 同図12Aに示すように、先ず、繰り出し動作実行位置Peには、一方の回転軸部21aが位置していて、当該回転軸部21aはサーボモータ(不図示)で駆動回転することにより、シートロール5arからバックシートの連続シート5aを繰り出している。そして、繰り出し動作の終了間際になると、図12Bに示すように、当該回転軸部21aは、繰り出し動作を維持したまま、繰り出し動作実行位置Peから上方の一時退避位置Phへと移動する。そして、同位置Phへの移動後も、そのまま繰り出し動作を継続する。 As shown in FIG. 12A, first, at the feeding operation execution position Pe, one rotary shaft portion 21a is positioned, and the rotary shaft portion 21a is driven and rotated by a servo motor (not shown), whereby the sheet The continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet is fed out from the roll 5ar. Then, when the feeding operation is about to end, as shown in FIG. 12B, the rotary shaft portion 21a moves from the feeding operation execution position Pe to the upper temporary retreat position Ph while maintaining the feeding operation. And even after the movement to the same position Ph, the feeding operation is continued as it is.
 一方、この移動と同時並行又はその後に、図12Cに示すように、他方の回転軸部21aが待機位置Prから繰り出し動作実行位置Peへと移動する。なお、このとき、他方の回転軸部21aには、待機位置Prで既に新しいシートロール5arが取り付けられている。そして、繰り出し動作実行位置Peに移動したら、当該他方の回転軸部21aは、サーボモータ(不図示)によって駆動回転されて、これにより、同他方の回転軸部21aのシートロール5arの外周面の周速値(m/秒)が加速されていくが、ここで、ロータリー式エンコーダなどの適宜なセンサーにより、この周速値が一時退避位置Phの上記一方の回転軸部21aの連続シート5aの繰り出し速度値Vunw(m/秒)と同値になったことを検出すると、当該周速値は、この繰り出し速度値Vunwと同値に維持される。 On the other hand, at the same time as this movement or after that, as shown in FIG. 12C, the other rotating shaft portion 21a moves from the standby position Pr to the feeding operation execution position Pe. At this time, a new sheet roll 5ar is already attached to the other rotating shaft portion 21a at the standby position Pr. And if it moves to the feeding operation execution position Pe, the said other rotating shaft part 21a will be drive-rotated by a servomotor (not shown), and, thereby, the outer peripheral surface of the sheet roll 5ar of the other rotating shaft part 21a. The peripheral speed value (m / sec) is accelerated. Here, the peripheral speed value of the continuous sheet 5a of the one rotary shaft portion 21a at the temporary retraction position Ph is measured by an appropriate sensor such as a rotary encoder. When it is detected that the feed speed value Vunw (m / sec) is the same, the peripheral speed value is maintained at the same value as the feed speed value Vunw.
 そうしたら、図12Dに示すように、一時退避位置Phの一方の回転軸部21aから繰り出される連続シート5aが、往復移動可能なロール状の押圧部材28pによって押圧されて、これにより、同連続シート5aは、繰り出し動作実行位置Peの他方の回転軸部21aのシートロール5arの外周面の方へと近づいていって同外周面に押し付けられる。すると、当該外周面おいて上記連続シート5aが押し付けられた位置に予め設けられた両面テープ等の接着部材(不図示)を介して同連続シート5aは当該外周面に接続される。そして、当該連続シート5aが上記接着部材と一方の回転軸部21aとの間で切断されて、これにより、一方の回転軸部21aの古いシートロール5arから他方の回転軸部21aの新しいシートロール5arへと繰り出し動作が切り替えられる。 Then, as shown in FIG. 12D, the continuous sheet 5a fed out from one rotating shaft portion 21a at the temporary retreat position Ph is pressed by a roll-shaped pressing member 28p that can reciprocate, and thereby the continuous sheet 5a approaches the outer peripheral surface of the sheet roll 5ar of the other rotating shaft portion 21a at the feeding operation execution position Pe and is pressed against the outer peripheral surface. Then, the continuous sheet 5a is connected to the outer peripheral surface via an adhesive member (not shown) such as a double-sided tape provided in advance on the outer peripheral surface where the continuous sheet 5a is pressed. And the said continuous sheet 5a is cut | disconnected between the said adhesive member and one rotating shaft part 21a, and, thereby, the new sheet roll of the other rotating shaft part 21a from the old sheet roll 5ar of one rotating shaft part 21a The feeding operation is switched to 5ar.
 そうしたら、図12Eに示すように、一方の回転軸部21aは、待機位置Prへと移動する。そして、この待機位置Prで待機中に、当該一方の回転軸部21aに対して、古いシートロール5arの取り外し処理及び新しいシートロール5arの取り付け処理がなされる。 Then, as shown in FIG. 12E, one rotating shaft portion 21a moves to the standby position Pr. Then, during the standby at the standby position Pr, the removal process of the old sheet roll 5ar and the installation process of the new sheet roll 5ar are performed on the one rotary shaft portion 21a.
 ここで、望ましくは、一方の回転軸部21a1(21a)から他方の回転軸部21a2(21a)へと繰り出し動作を切り替える際には、図13の概略平面図に示すように、一方の回転軸部21a1で繰り出されるバックシートの連続シート5aのイラストILにおける所定位置Paj(図13の例では、イラストILの図心位置PIL)と、他方の回転軸部21a2に支持されたシートロール5arのバックシートの連続シート5aのイラストILにおいて上記の所定位置Pajに相当する位置Pajsとが搬送方向に関して揃うように位置合わせすると良い。詳しくは、前者の位置Pajと後者の位置Pajsとの間の搬送方向のずれ量ΔPajがイラストILの印刷ピッチP5(図6)の±5%以内に(望ましくは±1%以内に)収まるように位置合わせしながら、一方の回転軸部21a1で繰り出された連続シート5aに、他方の回転軸部21a2に支持されたシートロール5arの連続シート5aを接続すると良い。 Here, desirably, when switching the feeding operation from one rotary shaft portion 21a1 (21a) to the other rotary shaft portion 21a2 (21a), as shown in the schematic plan view of FIG. A predetermined position Paj in the illustration IL of the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet fed out by the portion 21a1 (in the example of FIG. 13, the centroid position PIL of the illustration IL) and the back of the sheet roll 5ar supported by the other rotation shaft portion 21a2. In the illustration IL of the continuous sheet 5a of the sheet, the position Pajs corresponding to the predetermined position Paj may be aligned with respect to the conveyance direction. Specifically, the amount of deviation ΔPaj in the transport direction between the former position Paj and the latter position Pajs is within ± 5% (preferably within ± 1%) of the print pitch P5 (FIG. 6) of the illustration IL. The continuous sheet 5a of the sheet roll 5ar supported by the other rotating shaft portion 21a2 may be connected to the continuous sheet 5a fed out by one rotating shaft portion 21a1.
 そして、このようにすれば、繰り出し動作の切り替えにおける連続シート5aの連続性は、イラストILの並び状態についても概ね担保される。そして、これにより、イラストILの並び状態の非連続度合いが大きい場合に送り出し装置51で行う必要が生じ得る伸長状態の過大な変更を行わずに済んで、このことも、送り出し装置51が連続シート5aの伸長状態の変更を高い精度で行うことに有効に寄与する。 And in this way, the continuity of the continuous sheet 5a in the switching of the feeding operation is almost guaranteed even for the arrangement state of the illustration IL. This eliminates an excessive change in the stretched state that may need to be performed by the feeding device 51 when the discontinuity degree of the illustration IL is in a discontinuous state. This contributes effectively to changing the extension state of 5a with high accuracy.
 なお、このような位置合わせは、前述の送り出し装置51で用いた検出センサー57(図4)と類似構成のセンサー29(図14)を用いることで実現可能である。図14は、その説明用の概略側面図である。同図14に示すように、センサー29は、二つの撮像装置57c,57cと、これら二つの撮像装置57c,57cから送信される各画像データを画像処理する画像処理装置57ipと、を有している。二つの撮像装置57c,57cのうちの一方の撮像装置57cは、一時退避位置Phに対応させて設けられていて、同位置Phで古いシートロール5arから前述の繰り出し速度値Vunwで繰り出される連続シート5aのイラストILを検出する。また、もう一方の撮像装置57cは、繰り出し動作実行位置Peに対応させて設けられていて、同位置Peで、上記の繰り出し速度値Vunwと同じ周速値まで加速されて当該周速値で回転される新しいシートロール5arのイラストILを検出する。そして、どちらの撮像装置57c,57cも、前述の同期信号に基づいて撮像動作をする。例えば、同期信号の回転角度値が規定の回転角度値と一致する度に、2つの撮像装置57c,57cは撮像動作を行う。 Such alignment can be realized by using a sensor 29 (FIG. 14) having a similar configuration to the detection sensor 57 (FIG. 4) used in the above-described delivery device 51. FIG. 14 is a schematic side view for explanation. As shown in FIG. 14, the sensor 29 includes two imaging devices 57c and 57c and an image processing device 57ip that performs image processing on each image data transmitted from the two imaging devices 57c and 57c. Yes. One imaging device 57c of the two imaging devices 57c, 57c is provided corresponding to the temporary retreat position Ph, and is a continuous sheet fed out from the old sheet roll 5ar at the same position Ph at the aforementioned feeding speed value Vunw. The illustration IL of 5a is detected. The other imaging device 57c is provided corresponding to the feeding operation execution position Pe, and is accelerated to the same circumferential speed value as the feeding speed value Vunw at the same position Pe and rotates at the circumferential speed value. The illustration IL of the new sheet roll 5ar is detected. Both of the imaging devices 57c and 57c perform an imaging operation based on the above-described synchronization signal. For example, each time the rotation angle value of the synchronization signal matches a specified rotation angle value, the two imaging devices 57c and 57c perform an imaging operation.
 一方、画像処理装置57ipは、二つの撮像装置57c,57cからの各画像データの送信の都度、送信される各画像データに対して二値化処理等を行って、これにより、各画像データの画像におけるイラストILの撮像部分の画素を抽出して、それぞれ、当該画素の位置座標を求める。そして、古いシートロール5arの連続シート5aのイラストILの位置座標のY座標の値から新しいシートロール5arのイラストILの位置座標のY座標の値を減算して、これにより、減算値を求める。そして、この減算値を、回転軸部21a,21aの回転動作を制御するコントローラ21cに送信する。 On the other hand, the image processing device 57ip performs binarization processing or the like on each transmitted image data each time the image data is transmitted from the two imaging devices 57c and 57c, and thereby the image data of each image data is transmitted. The pixels of the image capturing portion of the illustration IL in the image are extracted, and the position coordinates of each pixel are obtained. Then, the value of the Y coordinate of the position coordinate of the illustration IL of the new sheet roll 5ar is subtracted from the value of the Y coordinate of the position coordinate of the illustration IL of the continuous sheet 5a of the old sheet roll 5ar, thereby obtaining a subtraction value. And this subtraction value is transmitted to the controller 21c which controls rotation operation | movement of the rotating shaft parts 21a and 21a.
 ここで、上述のような位置合わせ状態となる減算値の範囲、つまり、搬送方向のずれ量ΔPajがイラストILの印刷ピッチP5の±5%以内に収まるような位置合わせ状態となる減算値の範囲は、予め実験等でわかっていて、かかる範囲は、上記のコントローラ21cのメモリに予め格納されている。よって、コントローラ21cのプロセッサは、画像処理装置57ipから送信される減算値が、上記範囲に入っていない場合には、減算値に所定の制御ゲインを乗算して加速度値(m/秒)を求め、この加速度値で繰り出し動作実行位置Peに位置する回転軸部21aを加速するとともに、この加速後に当該加速の略逆動作で減速してシートロール5arの周速値を加速前の周速値に戻す。そして、これにより、当該新しいシートロール5arの周速値を、上述の繰り出し速度値Vunwと同値に維持しながらも、当該新しいシートロール5arのイラストILの位置を、古いシートロール5arの連続シート5aのイラストILの位置に対して相対的に搬送方向の下流に移動して、これにより、前者の位置を後者の位置に近付けることができる。そして、この処理を上述の撮像動作の度に繰り返し行うことによって、上記の位置合わせが実現される。 Here, the range of the subtraction value in the alignment state as described above, that is, the range of the subtraction value in the alignment state in which the deviation amount ΔPaj in the transport direction is within ± 5% of the print pitch P5 of the illustration IL. Is previously known by experiments or the like, and such a range is stored in advance in the memory of the controller 21c. Accordingly, when the subtraction value transmitted from the image processing device 57ip is not within the above range, the processor of the controller 21c multiplies the subtraction value by a predetermined control gain to obtain the acceleration value (m / sec 2 ). The rotation shaft 21a located at the feeding operation execution position Pe is accelerated by this acceleration value, and after this acceleration, the speed is decelerated by substantially the reverse operation of the acceleration, and the peripheral speed value of the sheet roll 5ar is determined as the peripheral speed value before acceleration. Return to. As a result, the position of the illustration IL of the new sheet roll 5ar is changed to the continuous sheet 5a of the old sheet roll 5ar while maintaining the peripheral speed value of the new sheet roll 5ar at the same value as the feeding speed value Vunw. It moves relative to the position of the illustration IL in the downstream in the transport direction, and thereby the former position can be brought closer to the latter position. Then, by repeating this process every time the above imaging operation is performed, the above alignment is realized.
 ちなみに、前述の第2変形例(図10)においても、上述の位置合わせ、つまり、搬送方向のずれ量ΔPajがイラストILの印刷ピッチP5の±5%以内に収まるようにする位置合わせを行っても良い。但し、この第2変形例の資材継ぎ装置25は、古いシートロール5arの連続シート5aと新しいシートロール5arの連続シート5aとを接続する際に、新しいシートロールからの繰り出し動作を停止状態にするだけでなく、古いシートロール5arからの繰り出し動作も停止状態にする。そのため、この場合には、かかる位置合わせ作業を作業者の手作業で行うことができる。そして、当該手作業については、これ以上説明しなくてもわかるものと考えられるので、その説明については省略する。 Incidentally, also in the above-described second modified example (FIG. 10), the above-described alignment is performed, that is, the alignment is performed so that the deviation amount ΔPaj in the conveyance direction is within ± 5% of the print pitch P5 of the illustration IL. Also good. However, when the continuous sheet 5a of the old sheet roll 5ar and the continuous sheet 5a of the new sheet roll 5ar are connected, the material splicing device 25 of the second modified example stops the feeding operation from the new sheet roll. In addition, the feeding operation from the old sheet roll 5ar is also stopped. Therefore, in this case, the alignment operation can be performed manually by the operator. The manual operation can be understood without further explanation, and the explanation thereof is omitted.
 ===その他の実施の形態===
 以上、本発明の実施形態について説明したが、上記の実施形態は、本発明の理解を容易にするためのものであり、本発明を限定して解釈するためのものではない。また、本発明は、その趣旨を逸脱することなく、変更や改良され得るとともに、本発明にはその等価物が含まれるのはいうまでもない。例えば、以下に示すような変形が可能である。
=== Other Embodiments ===
As mentioned above, although embodiment of this invention was described, said embodiment is for making an understanding of this invention easy, and is not for limiting and interpreting this invention. Further, the present invention can be changed or improved without departing from the gist thereof, and needless to say, the present invention includes equivalents thereof. For example, the following modifications are possible.
 上述の実施形態等では、第1シートとしてトップシートの連続シート3aを例示し、第2シートとしてバックシートの連続シート5aを例示したが、何等これに限らない。例えば、第1シートが、おむつの外装をなす外装シートの連続シートであるとともに、第2シートが、外装シートの肌側面に接合されて同シートを透かして視認可能なイラストシートの連続シートであるか、或いは、イラストILが印刷された防漏シートの連続シートであっても良い。 In the above-described embodiment and the like, the top sheet continuous sheet 3a is illustrated as the first sheet and the back sheet continuous sheet 5a is illustrated as the second sheet, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the first sheet is a continuous sheet of an exterior sheet that forms the exterior of a diaper, and the second sheet is a continuous sheet of an illustration sheet that is joined to the skin side of the exterior sheet and visible through the sheet. Alternatively, it may be a continuous sheet of a leak-proof sheet on which an illustration IL is printed.
 上述の実施形態等では、表示要素の一例としてイラストILを例示し、同イラストILは、複数の図柄G,G…が組み合わされて構成されていたが、何等これに限らない。例えば、図7に示すようにイラストILは一つの図柄Gだけを有していても良い。また、イラストILは、花などの動植物やキャラクター以外の図柄で構成されていても良く、例えば、文字や幾何学模様等の図柄で構成されていても良い。更に言えば、表示要素の形成は、何等印刷に限らない。例えば、第2シートたるバックシートの連続シート5aを厚さ方向に押圧して複数のドット状凹部或いは複数の線状凹部を形成することにより、表示要素の図柄を形成しても良い。 In the above-described embodiment and the like, the illustration IL is illustrated as an example of the display element, and the illustration IL is configured by combining a plurality of symbols G, G... For example, as shown in FIG. 7, the illustration IL may have only one symbol G. Further, the illustration IL may be composed of animals and plants such as flowers and symbols other than characters, and may be composed of symbols such as characters and geometric patterns, for example. Furthermore, the formation of the display element is not limited to printing. For example, the pattern of the display element may be formed by pressing the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet as the second sheet in the thickness direction to form a plurality of dot-like recesses or a plurality of linear recesses.
 上述の実施形態等では、同期信号の単位信号を0°~360°の回転角度値で示される信号としていたが、何等これに限らない。例えば、同期信号の単位信号が、0~8191等のデジタル値で構成されていても良い。また、上述の説明では、図4のカッター装置80に設けられたロータリー式エンコーダが同期信号を生成していたが、何等これに限らない。例えば、PLC等の適宜なコントローラ(不図示)が生成しても良い。すなわち、コントローラは、プロセッサとメモリとを有し、メモリには、同期信号を生成するプログラムが予め格納されていて、プロセッサが、上記プログラムをメモリから読み出して実行することにより、同期信号の単位信号を繰り返し生成しても良い。更には、同期信号の生成を、上記のプログラムを読み出したプロセッサではなく、適宜な電気回路が行うようにしても良い。 In the above-described embodiment, the unit signal of the synchronization signal is a signal indicated by a rotation angle value of 0 ° to 360 °. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the unit signal of the synchronization signal may be configured with a digital value such as 0 to 8191. In the above description, the rotary encoder provided in the cutter device 80 in FIG. 4 generates the synchronization signal. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, an appropriate controller (not shown) such as a PLC may be generated. That is, the controller has a processor and a memory, and a program for generating a synchronization signal is stored in the memory in advance, and the processor reads out the program from the memory and executes it, whereby the unit signal of the synchronization signal May be generated repeatedly. Furthermore, the generation of the synchronization signal may be performed by an appropriate electric circuit instead of the processor that has read the program.
 上述の実施形態等では、送り出し装置51に係る検出センサー57として、撮像装置57cと画像処理装置57ipとを有した装置を例示したが、何等これに限らない。すなわち、前述のイラストILを検出して、その搬送方向のずれ量を取得可能なセンサーであれば使用可能である。例えば、光電管を有したセンサーを用いても良い。すなわち、光電管の位置をイラストILが通過したことを検出して光電管から検出信号が出力された時刻と、メモリに予め格納された前述の規定の回転角度値を同期信号が出力した時刻との差に基づいて、送り出し装置51のニップロール52a,52bの回転動作を制御しても良い。 In the above-described embodiment and the like, an apparatus having the imaging device 57c and the image processing device 57ip is exemplified as the detection sensor 57 related to the delivery device 51, but the present invention is not limited to this. That is, any sensor can be used as long as it can detect the above-described illustration IL and acquire the deviation amount in the transport direction. For example, a sensor having a phototube may be used. That is, the difference between the time when the detection signal is output from the phototube after detecting the passage of the illustration IL through the position of the phototube and the time when the synchronization signal outputs the above-mentioned prescribed rotation angle value stored in the memory in advance. Based on the above, the rotational operation of the nip rolls 52a and 52b of the delivery device 51 may be controlled.
 上述の実施形態等では、吸収性物品の一例として使い捨ておむつを例示したが、着用対象者の排泄液を吸収する物品であれば、何等これに限るものではなく、例えば吸収性物品が生理用ナプキンや尿取りパッド等であっても良い。 In the above-described embodiment and the like, the disposable diaper is illustrated as an example of the absorbent article. However, the absorbent article is not limited to this as long as it is an article that absorbs the excretion fluid of the wearer. For example, the absorbent article is a sanitary napkin. Or a urine absorbing pad.
 上述の実施形態等では、表示要素としてイラストILを例示し、そして、図6に示すように、バックシートの連続シート5aにおいて連続方向に印刷ピッチP5で隣り合うイラストIL,IL同士を全く同じ構成にしていたが、何等これに限らない。すなわち、図15に示すように、構成が互いに異なるイラストIL1,IL2にしても良い。但し、この場合には、構成が互いに異なるイラストIL1,IL2の搬送方向の各図心位置PIL1,PIL2同士が、印刷ピッチP5に相当する各領域内において互いに同じ位置になるように各イラストIL1,IL2は印刷される。そして、これにより、前述の検出センサー57は、これらイラストIL1,IL2同士の構成が互いに異なる場合でも、各イラストIL1,IL2の搬送方向のずれ量を正しく算出することができる。 In the above-described embodiments and the like, the illustration IL is illustrated as the display element, and as illustrated in FIG. 6, the illustrations IL and IL adjacent to each other at the printing pitch P5 in the continuous direction in the continuous sheet 5a of the back sheet are exactly the same in configuration. However, it is not limited to this. That is, as shown in FIG. 15, illustrations IL1 and IL2 having different configurations may be used. In this case, however, the illustrations IL1 and IL2 are arranged so that the centroid positions PIL1 and PIL2 in the conveyance direction of the illustrations IL1 and IL2 having different configurations are in the same position in each region corresponding to the printing pitch P5. IL2 is printed. As a result, even when the illustrations IL1 and IL2 are different from each other, the detection sensor 57 described above can correctly calculate the shift amount of the illustrations IL1 and IL2 in the transport direction.
 上述の実施形態等では、図4に示すように、繰り出し装置21の一例として、シートロール5arの中心部の貫通孔に挿入されて同シートロール5arを回転可能に支持する回転軸部21aと、この回転軸部21aに連結されて当該回転軸部21aに回転力を付与して同回転軸部21aを駆動回転する駆動源と、を有した構成を開示したが、何等これに限らない。例えば、図1中に示すように、シートロール5arの外周面に当接して配されたベルト部材21’を駆動回転することによって、シートロール5arからバックシートの連続シート5aを繰り出しても良い。但し、この構成の場合には、シートロール5arの外周面をベルト部材21’が擦ってしまって外周面に位置するバックシートの連続シート5aの部分に皺を生じさせてしまったり同部分を弛ませてしまう等の不具合が生じ得て、これにより、同連続シート5aは、皺や弛みが生じた状態で送り出し装置51へ向けて繰り出されてしまい得る。そのため、望ましくは、かかる不具合が生じないように上述の実施形態の繰り出し装置21を用いると良い。 In the above-described embodiment and the like, as shown in FIG. 4, as an example of the feeding device 21, a rotation shaft portion 21 a that is inserted into a through hole at the center of the sheet roll 5 ar and rotatably supports the sheet roll 5 ar, Although a configuration including a drive source connected to the rotary shaft portion 21a and driving and rotating the rotary shaft portion 21a by applying a rotational force to the rotary shaft portion 21a has been disclosed, the invention is not limited to this. For example, as shown in FIG. 1, the back sheet continuous sheet 5a may be fed out from the sheet roll 5ar by driving and rotating a belt member 21 'disposed in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the sheet roll 5ar. However, in this configuration, the belt member 21 ′ rubs against the outer peripheral surface of the sheet roll 5 ar to cause wrinkles in the continuous sheet 5 a portion of the back sheet located on the outer peripheral surface or to loosen the same portion. The continuous sheet 5a may be fed out toward the feeding device 51 in a state where wrinkles and slack are generated. Therefore, desirably, the feeding device 21 of the above-described embodiment is used so that such a problem does not occur.
 上述の実施形態等では、「第1のセンサーの前記値が示す張力に係る値」の一例として「張力値」を例示したが、何等これに限らない。すなわち、張力値と連動して増減するような値であれば、張力値以外の値でも良い。例えば、張力値に対して所定の定数(分数を含む)を乗算した値でも良いし、又は、所定の第2の定数(負値を含む)を加算した値でも良いし、更には、これらを組み合わせた値でも良い。そして、その場合には、請求項に係る「第1、第3、及び第4の目標値」に相当する各張力目標値は、それぞれ、上記の値に対応して設定されるのは言うまでもない。 In the above-described embodiment and the like, the “tension value” is illustrated as an example of “the value related to the tension indicated by the value of the first sensor”, but the present invention is not limited to this. That is, any value other than the tension value may be used as long as the value increases or decreases in conjunction with the tension value. For example, a value obtained by multiplying a tension value by a predetermined constant (including a fraction) may be used, or a value obtained by adding a predetermined second constant (including a negative value) may be used. A combined value may be used. In that case, it is needless to say that each tension target value corresponding to the “first, third, and fourth target values” according to the claims is set in correspondence with the above-described values. .
 上述の第1変形例乃至第3変形例では、「第2のセンサーの前記値が示す張力に係る値」の一例として「張力値」を例示したが、何等これに限らない。すなわち、張力値と連動して増減するような値であれば、張力値以外の値でも良い。例えば、張力値に対して所定の定数(分数を含む)を乗算した値でも良いし、又は、所定の第2の定数(負値を含む)を加算した値でも良いし、更には、これらを組み合わせた値でも良い。そして、その場合には、請求項に係る「第2の目標値」としての張力目標値は、上記の値に対応して設定されるのは言うまでもない。 In the first to third modifications described above, the “tension value” is illustrated as an example of “the value related to the tension indicated by the value of the second sensor”, but the present invention is not limited to this. That is, any value other than the tension value may be used as long as the value increases or decreases in conjunction with the tension value. For example, a value obtained by multiplying a tension value by a predetermined constant (including a fraction) may be used, or a value obtained by adding a predetermined second constant (including a negative value) may be used. A combined value may be used. In this case, it is needless to say that the tension target value as the “second target value” according to the claims is set in correspondence with the above value.
 上述の第2変形例では、図10に示すように、蓄積装置35を、張力計測装置31よりも搬送方向の下流側の位置に配置していたが、何等これに限らない。例えば、蓄積装置35を、張力計測装置31よりも搬送方向の上流側の位置に配置しても良い。より詳しくは、当該蓄積装置35を、資材継ぎ装置25と張力計測装置31との間に配置しても良い。 In the second modification described above, as shown in FIG. 10, the storage device 35 is disposed at a position downstream of the tension measuring device 31 in the transport direction, but this is not a limitation. For example, the storage device 35 may be arranged at a position upstream of the tension measuring device 31 in the transport direction. More specifically, the storage device 35 may be disposed between the material splicing device 25 and the tension measuring device 31.
 上述の実施形態等では、第1センサー31sの一例として歪みゲージを例示したが、何等これに限らない。例えばロードセルでも良い。 In the above-described embodiment and the like, a strain gauge is illustrated as an example of the first sensor 31s, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, a load cell may be used.
 上述の第1乃至第3変形例では、第2センサーの一例として歪みゲージを例示したが、何等これに限らない。例えば、ロードセルでも良い。 In the first to third modifications described above, the strain gauge is illustrated as an example of the second sensor, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, a load cell may be used.
 上述の第2変形例では、繰り出し動作が停止していく際の蓄積装置35の供給動作を、張力計測装置31から出力される張力値に基づいてコントローラがリニアサーボモータを制御して移動ローラー群G35mを上昇することで行っていたが、何等これに限らない。例えば、繰り出し動作が停止していく際に下流の送り出し装置51へと送り出すべき連続シート5aの単位時間当たりの必要量(m)を時間軸との関係で予測できる場合には、当該繰り出し動作が停止していく際に連続シート5aを弛ませず且つ大きく引っ張ること無く移動ローラー群G35mを上昇させるための上昇動作パターン(上昇速度(m/秒)と時間(秒)との関係のグラフ)についても算出可能である。よって、当該動作パターンを予めプログラムの形態でコントローラのメモリに格納しておき、コントローラのプロセッサが、当該プログラムに基づいてリニアサーボモータを位置制御することにより上記の供給動作を実現しても良い。 In the second modified example described above, the controller 35 controls the linear servo motor based on the tension value output from the tension measuring device 31 to control the supply operation of the storage device 35 when the feeding operation is stopped. It was done by raising G35m, but it is not limited to this. For example, when the necessary amount (m) per unit time of the continuous sheet 5a to be sent to the downstream feeding device 51 when the feeding operation is stopped can be predicted in relation to the time axis, the feeding operation is performed. About the ascending operation pattern (the graph of the relationship between the ascending speed (m / sec) and the time (sec)) for ascending the moving roller group G35m without loosening and pulling the continuous sheet 5a when stopping. Can also be calculated. Therefore, the above supply operation may be realized by storing the operation pattern in advance in the memory of the controller in the form of a program, and the controller processor controlling the position of the linear servo motor based on the program.
 上述の第2変形例では、蓄積装置35は、連続シート5aの供給動作を行った後の比較的早い時点で、規定の長さまで連続シート5aを蓄積し、そして、しかる後に、次の繰り出し動作の切り替えまで、上記の規定の長さに対応する上下方向の定位置から移動ローラー群G35mが移動しないように、リニアサーボモータは移動ローラー群G35mを位置制御で保持していたが、何等これに限らない。例えば、供給動作を行った蓄積装置35は、蓄積動作を、次の繰り出し動作の切り替えの直前で行っても良い。そして、その場合には、当該蓄積装置35は、蓄積動作の開始時点まで、連続シート5aのループを上記の供給動作直後の小さいループの状態に維持することになるが、このときには、望ましくは、このループに対応する上下方向の位置から移動ローラー群G35mが移動しないように、リニアサーボモータが移動ローラー群G35mを位置制御で保持すると良い。そして、このようにすれば、概ね供給動作の終了時点から蓄積動作の開始時点までの期間に亘って、移動ローラー35mが移動した場合に同ローラー35mの慣性起因の力によって生じ得る連続シート5aの張力の変動を効果的に抑制可能となる。 In the second modification described above, the accumulating device 35 accumulates the continuous sheet 5a up to a specified length at a relatively early time after the supply operation of the continuous sheet 5a, and then the next feeding operation. The linear servo motor holds the moving roller group G35m by position control so that the moving roller group G35m does not move from the fixed position in the vertical direction corresponding to the specified length until the switching of Not exclusively. For example, the storage device 35 that has performed the supply operation may perform the storage operation immediately before the next feeding operation is switched. In that case, the storage device 35 maintains the loop of the continuous sheet 5a in a small loop state immediately after the supply operation until the start of the storage operation. The linear servo motor may hold the moving roller group G35m by position control so that the moving roller group G35m does not move from the vertical position corresponding to this loop. In this way, when the moving roller 35m moves over a period from the end time of the supply operation to the start time of the accumulation operation, the continuous sheet 5a that can be generated by the inertia caused by the inertia of the roller 35m. Tension fluctuation can be effectively suppressed.
1 吸収性本体、1a 吸収性本体の連続体(シート状部材)、3 トップシート、3a トップシートの連続シート(第1シート)、4 吸収体、4c 吸収性コア、5 バックシート、5a バックシートの連続シート(第2シート)、5ae 先端部、5ar シートロール、11 搬送装置、15 接合装置、15u ベルトコンベア、15d ベルトコンベア、21 繰り出し装置、21a 回転軸部、21a1 回転軸部、21a2 回転軸部、23 ベルトコンベア、21c コントローラ、25 資材継ぎ装置、28p 押圧部材、29 センサー、31 張力計測装置、31k 換算器、31u ロール、31m ロール、31d ロール、31s 歪みゲージ(第1のセンサー)、35 蓄積装置、35m 移動ローラー、35s 固定ローラー、41 張力調整装置、41c コントローラ、41k 駆動ロール、41u ロール、41m ロール、41d ロール、51 送り出し装置、52a ニップロール、52b ニップロール、53a アンプ、53b アンプ、55 コントローラ、57 検出センサー、57c カメラ(撮像装置)、57ip 画像処理装置、80 カッター装置、81a アンビルロール、81c カッターロール、82 カッター刃、LM 製造ライン、L3a トップシートの連続シートの処理系統、L5a バックシートの連続シートの処理系統、Brg 軸受け部材、TB ターンバー(棒状部材)、G35m 移動ローラー群、G35s 固定ローラー群、TR21a 周回軌道、C52a 回転軸、C52b 回転軸、IL イラスト(表示要素)、IL1 イラスト(表示要素)、IL2 イラスト(表示要素)、ILa イラスト(表示要素)、A5 領域、A5p 領域、G 図柄、F5a 力、Pj 合流位置、Pe 繰り出し動作実行位置、Ph 一時退避位置、Pr 待機位置、PIL 図心位置、PIL1 図心位置、PIL2 図心位置、Paj 所定位置、Pajs 所定位置に相当する位置、 1 Absorbent body, 1a Continuous body of absorbent body (sheet-like member), 3 Top sheet, 3a Continuous sheet of top sheet (1st sheet), 4 Absorber, 4c Absorbent core, 5 Back sheet, 5a Back sheet Continuous sheet (second sheet), 5ae tip, 5ar sheet roll, 11 conveying device, 15 joining device, 15u belt conveyor, 15d belt conveyor, 21 feeding device, 21a rotating shaft portion, 21a1 rotating shaft portion, 21a2 rotating shaft Part, 23 belt conveyor, 21c controller, 25 material splicing device, 28p pressing member, 29 sensor, 31 tension measuring device, 31k converter, 31u roll, 31m roll, 31d roll, 31s strain gauge (first sensor), 35 Accumulator, 35m moving roller 35s fixed roller, 41 tension adjustment device, 41c controller, 41k drive roll, 41u roll, 41m roll, 41d roll, 51 delivery device, 52a nip roll, 52b nip roll, 53a amplifier, 53b amplifier, 55 controller, 57 detection sensor, 57c Camera (imaging device), 57ip image processing device, 80 cutter device, 81a anvil roll, 81c cutter roll, 82 cutter blade, LM production line, L3a top sheet continuous sheet processing system, L5a back sheet continuous sheet processing system , Brg bearing member, TB turn bar (bar-shaped member), G35m moving roller group, G35s fixed roller group, TR21a orbit, C52a rotating shaft, C52b Rotation axis, IL illustration (display element), IL1 illustration (display element), IL2 illustration (display element), ILa illustration (display element), A5 area, A5p area, G symbol, F5a force, Pj merging position, Pe feeding operation Execution position, Ph temporary retracted position, Pr standby position, PIL centroid position, PIL1 centroid position, PIL2 centroid position, Paj predetermined position, position corresponding to Pajs predetermined position,

Claims (16)

  1.  連続する第1シートと連続する第2シートとを、互いの連続方向を揃えつつ重ね合わせて固定して吸収性物品に係るシート状部材を製造する方法であって、
     前記第1シートには、前記第1シートの連続方向に前記吸収性物品に対応させて所定の第1ピッチが設定されており、
     前記第2シートの連続方向に当該第2シートが巻き取られてシートロールの状態にされる前に、前記第2シートには、前記連続方向に前記第1ピッチよりも小さい第2ピッチで表示要素が形成されており、
     前記シートロールから前記第2シートを繰り出し装置が繰り出すことと、
     繰り出されて前記連続方向を搬送方向として搬送される前記第2シートを、前記第1シートの搬送経路の合流位置へ送り出し装置が送り出すことと、を有し、
     前記繰り出すことにおいては、前記搬送方向の前記送り出し装置よりも上流側の定位置で回転可能に支持された3本のロールに前記第2シートを掛け回した状態で、前記3本のロールのうちの真ん中のロールに対して前記第2シートから付与される力に応じた値を第1のセンサーが出力するとともに、前記値に基づいて前記繰り出し装置は前記シートロールからの前記第2シートの繰り出し動作を行い、
     前記送り出すことにおいては、前記搬送方向に搬送される前記第2シートの前記表示要素が前記第1ピッチで並ぶように、且つ前記第1ピッチに基づいて定まる前記第1シート上の前記表示要素の配置目標位置に前記表示要素が位置するように、前記送り出し装置が前記第2シートの前記搬送方向の伸長状態を変更することを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法。
    A method for producing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article by stacking and fixing a continuous first sheet and a continuous second sheet while aligning each other's continuous direction,
    In the first sheet, a predetermined first pitch is set in correspondence with the absorbent article in the continuous direction of the first sheet,
    Before the second sheet is wound up in the continuous direction of the second sheet to be in a sheet roll state, the second sheet is displayed at a second pitch smaller than the first pitch in the continuous direction. Elements are formed,
    A feeding device for feeding out the second sheet from the sheet roll;
    A feeding device that feeds the second sheet that is fed out and transported with the continuous direction as the transport direction, to a merging position of the transport path of the first sheet;
    In the feeding, in the state where the second sheet is hung around three rolls rotatably supported at a fixed position upstream of the feeding device in the transport direction, The first sensor outputs a value corresponding to the force applied from the second sheet to the middle roll, and based on the value, the feeding device feeds the second sheet from the sheet roll. Perform the action
    In the sending out, the display elements on the first sheet are determined so that the display elements of the second sheet conveyed in the conveyance direction are arranged at the first pitch and based on the first pitch. The method for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article, wherein the feeding device changes the extended state of the second sheet in the transport direction so that the display element is positioned at a target position for placement.
  2.  請求項1に記載の吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
     前記繰り出し装置は、回転軸部と、前記回転軸部に連結されて前記回転軸部に回転力を付与して当該回転軸部を駆動回転する駆動源と、を有し、
     前記シートロールが中心部に有する貫通孔に前記回転軸部が挿入されて当該回転軸部で前記シートロールを支持した状態で、前記回転軸部が前記第1のセンサーの前記値に基づいて駆動回転することにより、前記繰り出し動作が行われることを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法。
    It is a manufacturing method of the sheet-like member concerning the absorptive article according to claim 1,
    The feeding device includes a rotation shaft portion, and a drive source that is connected to the rotation shaft portion and applies rotational force to the rotation shaft portion to drive and rotate the rotation shaft portion.
    The rotary shaft is driven based on the value of the first sensor in a state where the rotary shaft is inserted into a through-hole in the center of the sheet roll and the sheet roll is supported by the rotary shaft. The method for producing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article, wherein the feeding operation is performed by rotation.
  3.  請求項1又は2に記載の吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
     前記第1のセンサーの前記値が示す張力に係る値が、規定の第1の目標値に近づくように、前記繰り出し装置の前記繰り出し動作が行われることを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法。
    It is a manufacturing method of the sheet-like member concerning the absorptive article according to claim 1 or 2,
    The sheet-like article relating to an absorbent article, wherein the feeding operation of the feeding device is performed such that a value related to the tension indicated by the value of the first sensor approaches a prescribed first target value. Manufacturing method of member.
  4.  請求項3に記載の吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
     前記送り出し装置で伸長状態を変更後の前記第2シートの伸長倍率よりも、前記真ん中のロールの位置での前記第2シートの前記搬送方向の伸長倍率の方が大きくなるように、前記第1の目標値が設定されていることを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法。
    It is a manufacturing method of the sheet-like member concerning the absorptive article according to claim 3,
    The first sheet is so stretched in the conveying direction that the second sheet is at the middle roll position, rather than in the middle roll, after the stretching ratio of the second sheet has been changed by the feeding device. The target value is set, The manufacturing method of the sheet-like member which concerns on the absorbent article characterized by the above-mentioned.
  5.  請求項1乃至4の何れかに記載の吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
     前記送り出し装置から前記合流位置へと前記第2シートは平面視で所定方向に沿って搬送され、
     前記3本のロールの配置位置では、前記第2シートは、平面視で前記所定方向と交差する交差方向に沿って搬送され、
     前記搬送方向において前記3本のロールと前記送り出し装置との間の位置に配された棒状部材に前記第2シートが掛け回されることによって、前記第2シートの前記搬送方向が前記交差方向から前記所定方向へと変更されることを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法。
    It is a manufacturing method of the sheet-like member concerning the absorptive article according to any one of claims 1 to 4,
    The second sheet is conveyed from the delivery device to the merging position along a predetermined direction in plan view,
    In the arrangement position of the three rolls, the second sheet is conveyed along an intersecting direction intersecting the predetermined direction in a plan view,
    The second sheet is wound around a rod-shaped member disposed at a position between the three rolls and the feeding device in the transport direction, so that the transport direction of the second sheet is changed from the intersecting direction. The method for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article, wherein the sheet-like member is changed in the predetermined direction.
  6.  請求項1乃至5の何れかに記載の吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
     前記搬送方向において前記3本のロールと前記送り出し装置との間の位置には、前記第2シートの前記搬送方向の張力を調整する張力調整装置が配置されており、
     前記張力調整装置は、定位置で回転可能に支持された3本のロールと、前記3本のロールのうちの真ん中のロールよりも前記搬送方向の上流側に配置された駆動ロールであって、前記第2シートに接触して当該第2シートを前記搬送方向の下流に送り出すために駆動回転する前記駆動ロールと、を有し、
     前記張力調整装置の前記3本のロールに前記第2シートが掛け回された状態で、前記3本のロールのうちの真ん中のロールに対して前記第2シートから付与される力に応じた値を第2のセンサーが出力するとともに、前記値に基づいて前記駆動ロールが駆動回転することによって、前記第2シートの前記搬送方向の張力が調整されることを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法。
    A method for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to any one of claims 1 to 5,
    A tension adjusting device for adjusting the tension in the transport direction of the second sheet is disposed at a position between the three rolls and the feeding device in the transport direction,
    The tension adjusting device includes three rolls rotatably supported at a fixed position, and a driving roll disposed upstream of the middle roll of the three rolls in the transport direction, The drive roll that rotates to drive the second sheet in contact with the second sheet and send the second sheet downstream in the transport direction;
    A value corresponding to the force applied from the second sheet to the middle roll of the three rolls in a state where the second sheet is wound around the three rolls of the tension adjusting device. And a tension in the transport direction of the second sheet is adjusted by driving and rotating the driving roll based on the value. Manufacturing method of a shaped member.
  7.  請求項6に記載の吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
     前記第2シートの搬送経路における前記張力調整装置の前記3本のロールの配置位置及び前記駆動ロールの配置位置は、前記繰り出し装置が前記シートロールから前記第2シートを繰り出す繰り出し位置よりも前記送り出し装置が前記第2シートを送り出す送り出し位置の方に近いことを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法。
    It is a manufacturing method of the sheet-like member concerning the absorptive article according to claim 6,
    The arrangement position of the three rolls and the arrangement position of the driving roll of the tension adjusting device in the conveyance path of the second sheet are set to be more than the feeding position where the feeding device feeds the second sheet from the sheet roll. A method for producing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article, characterized in that the apparatus is closer to a delivery position for delivering the second sheet.
  8.  請求項6又は7に記載の吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
     前記第2のセンサーの前記値が示す張力に係る値が、規定の第2の目標値に近づくように、前記駆動ロールの駆動回転が制御され、
     前記張力調整装置の前記真ん中のロールの位置での前記第2シートの前記搬送方向の伸長倍率が、前記繰り出すことに係る前記真ん中のロールの位置での前記第2シートの前記搬送方向の伸長倍率及び前記送り出し装置で伸長状態を変更後の前記第2シートの前記搬送方向の伸長倍率の両者よりも小さくなるように、前記第2の目標値は設定されていることを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法。
    It is a manufacturing method of the sheet-like member concerning the absorptive article according to claim 6 or 7,
    The drive rotation of the drive roll is controlled such that the value relating to the tension indicated by the value of the second sensor approaches a prescribed second target value,
    The extension magnification in the conveyance direction of the second sheet at the position of the middle roll of the tension adjusting device is the extension magnification in the conveyance direction of the second sheet at the position of the middle roll related to the feeding. And the second target value is set so as to be smaller than both of the expansion magnifications in the transport direction of the second sheet after the extension state is changed by the feeding device. The manufacturing method of the sheet-like member which concerns on this.
  9.  請求項6乃至8の何れかに記載の吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
     前記送り出し装置は、前記第2シートを前記搬送方向の下流に送り出すべく前記第2シートに接触して駆動回転する送り出しロールと、前記表示要素の位置を検出して検出信号を出力する検出センサーと、前記検出信号に基づいて前記送り出しロールの回転動作を制御するコントローラと、を有し、
     前記第2シートにおける前記表示要素が前記配置目標位置よりも前記搬送方向の上流側にずれ量だけずれていることを、前記検出信号が示している場合には、前記コントローラは、前記検出信号に基づいて前記送り出しロールの周速値を大きくするとともに、前記張力調整装置は、前記検出信号に基づく前記周速値を大きくする方向の変更量と前記第2のセンサーから出力される前記値とに基づいて、前記駆動ロールの周速値を変更し、
     前記第2シートにおける前記表示要素が前記配置目標位置よりも前記搬送方向の下流側にずれていることを、前記検出信号が示している場合には、前記コントローラは、前記送り出しロールの前記周速値を小さくするとともに、前記張力調整装置は、前記検出信号に基づく前記周速値を小さくする方向の変更量と、前記第2のセンサーから出力される前記値とに基づいて、前記駆動ロールの周速値を変更することを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法。
    A method for producing a sheet-like member according to any one of claims 6 to 8,
    The delivery device includes a delivery roll that rotates in contact with the second sheet so as to send the second sheet downstream in the transport direction, a detection sensor that detects a position of the display element and outputs a detection signal; And a controller for controlling the rotation operation of the delivery roll based on the detection signal,
    When the detection signal indicates that the display element of the second sheet is shifted by an amount of shift upstream of the arrangement target position in the transport direction, the controller outputs the detection signal. The tension adjusting device increases the peripheral speed value of the feed roll based on the detection signal, and changes the direction of increasing the peripheral speed value based on the detection signal and the value output from the second sensor. Based on the peripheral speed value of the drive roll,
    When the detection signal indicates that the display element in the second sheet is shifted downstream in the transport direction from the arrangement target position, the controller is configured to cause the peripheral speed of the feed roll to The tension adjusting device reduces the value based on the detection signal based on the amount of change in the direction of decreasing the peripheral speed value and the value output from the second sensor. The manufacturing method of the sheet-like member which concerns on the absorbent article characterized by changing a circumferential speed value.
  10.  請求項1乃至9の何れかに記載の吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
     前記シートロールから前記第2シートを繰り出す前記繰り出し装置が少なくとも二つ設けられており、
     前記搬送方向において前記繰り出し装置と前記送り出し装置との間の位置には、前記第2シートをループの形態で蓄積可能な蓄積装置が配置されており、
     前記二つの前記繰り出し装置のうちの一方の繰り出し装置から他方の繰り出し装置へと前記繰り出し動作を切り替えるべく、前記一方の繰り出し装置による前記第2シートの繰り出し動作が停止に移行していくと、前記蓄積装置が前記ループを小さくすることによって当該蓄積装置は前記送り出し装置へと前記第2シートを供給するとともに、前記一方の繰り出し装置での繰り出し動作が停止された前記第2シートが、前記他方の繰り出し装置に支持された前記シートロールの前記第2シートに接続されて、しかる後に、前記他方の繰り出し装置が前記シートロールからの前記第2シートの繰り出し動作を開始した後に、前記他方の繰り出し装置から繰り出される前記第2シートを、前記蓄積装置は前記ループを大きくすることによって蓄積し、
     前記蓄積装置は、定位置に配された複数の固定ローラーと、前記固定ローラーに対して前記第2シートの前記ループの大きさを変更可能な方向に往復移動可能に案内された移動ローラーと、前記方向を移動方向として前記移動ローラーを往復移動させるアクチュエータと、を有するとともに、前記固定ローラーと前記移動ローラーとに前記第2シートが掛け回されることによって前記ループが形成され、
     前記移動ローラーが前記固定ローラーに近づく方向に前記アクチュエータが前記移動ローラーを移動することによって、前記ループが小さくなって、蓄積されていた前記第2シートが前記送り出し装置へと供給され、
     前記移動ローラーが前記固定ローラーから離れる方向にアクチュエータが前記移動ローラーを移動することによって、前記ループが規定の長さまで大きくなって前記第2シートが蓄積され、
     次の前記繰り出し動作の切り替えまでの間には、前記移動方向における所定位置から前記移動ローラーが移動しないように、前記アクチュエータが前記移動ローラーを保持する期間が含まれていることを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法。
    A method for producing a sheet-like member according to any one of claims 1 to 9,
    At least two feeding devices for feeding the second sheet from the sheet roll are provided;
    A storage device capable of storing the second sheet in the form of a loop is disposed at a position between the feeding device and the feeding device in the transport direction,
    In order to switch the feeding operation from one feeding device of the two feeding devices to the other feeding device, when the feeding operation of the second sheet by the one feeding device shifts to stop, When the storage device reduces the loop, the storage device supplies the second sheet to the feeding device, and the second sheet whose feeding operation in the one feeding device is stopped is changed to the other sheet. The other feeding device is connected to the second sheet of the sheet roll supported by the feeding device, and then the other feeding device starts the feeding operation of the second sheet from the sheet roll. The storage device stores the second sheet fed from the storage device by enlarging the loop. ,
    The accumulator includes a plurality of fixed rollers arranged at fixed positions, a moving roller guided so as to be able to reciprocate in a direction in which the size of the loop of the second sheet can be changed with respect to the fixed rollers, An actuator that reciprocates the moving roller with the direction as the moving direction, and the loop is formed by the second sheet being wound around the fixed roller and the moving roller,
    By moving the moving roller in the direction in which the moving roller approaches the fixed roller, the loop is reduced, and the accumulated second sheet is supplied to the feeding device,
    The actuator moves the moving roller in a direction in which the moving roller moves away from the fixed roller, whereby the loop is enlarged to a predetermined length, and the second sheet is accumulated.
    Absorption characterized in that a period during which the actuator holds the moving roller is included so that the moving roller does not move from a predetermined position in the moving direction until the next switching of the feeding operation. For producing a sheet-like member according to a functional article.
  11.  請求項10に記載の吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
     前記ループを小さくする場合には、前記第1のセンサーの前記値が示す張力に係る値が、規定の第3の目標値に近づくように、前記アクチュエータが制御されることを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法。
    It is a manufacturing method of the sheet-like member concerning the absorptive article according to claim 10,
    When the loop is made small, the actuator is controlled so that the value related to the tension indicated by the value of the first sensor approaches a prescribed third target value. A method for producing a sheet-like member according to an article.
  12.  請求項10又は11に記載の吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
     前記ループを大きくすべく、前記アクチュエータが前記移動ローラーを前記規定の長さに対応する位置まで移動する際には、前記第1のセンサーの前記値が示す張力に係る値が、規定の第4の目標値に近づくように、前記他方の繰り出し装置の前記繰り出し動作が行われることを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法。
    It is a manufacturing method of the sheet-like member concerning the absorptive article according to claim 10 or 11,
    When the actuator moves the moving roller to a position corresponding to the specified length in order to enlarge the loop, a value related to the tension indicated by the value of the first sensor is a specified fourth value. The method of manufacturing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article, wherein the feeding operation of the other feeding device is performed so as to approach the target value of the absorbent article.
  13.  請求項10乃至12の何れかに記載の吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
     前記ループを小さくする場合には、前記アクチュエータは、前記移動方向において前記ループが小さくなる方向の力を前記移動ローラーに付与することにより前記移動ローラーを前記方向に移動し、
     前記ループを大きくする場合には、前記アクチュエータは、前記移動方向において前記ループが大きくなる方向の力を前記移動ローラーに付与することにより前記移動ローラーを前記方向に移動することを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法。
    A method for producing a sheet-like member according to any one of claims 10 to 12,
    In the case of reducing the loop, the actuator moves the moving roller in the direction by applying a force in the moving direction to the moving roller in a direction in which the loop is reduced.
    In the case of enlarging the loop, the actuator moves the moving roller in the direction by applying a force in the moving direction in the direction in which the loop is increased to the moving roller. A method for producing a sheet-like member according to an article.
  14.  請求項1乃至9の何れかに記載の吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
     前記シートロールから前記第2シートを繰り出す繰り出し装置が少なくとも二つ設けられており、
     前記二つの繰り出し装置のうちの一方の繰り出し装置から他方の繰り出し装置へと前記繰り出し動作を切り替える際には、前記一方の繰り出し装置での前記第2シートの繰り出し速度値と同じ値まで、前記他方の繰り出し装置に支持された前記シートロールの周速値が加速したことを検出した後に、前記一方の繰り出し装置から繰り出される前記第2シートに、前記他方の繰り出し装置に支持された前記シートロールの前記第2シートを接続することを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法。
    A method for producing a sheet-like member according to any one of claims 1 to 9,
    At least two feeding devices for feeding the second sheet from the sheet roll are provided,
    When switching the feeding operation from one feeding device of the two feeding devices to the other feeding device, up to the same value as the feeding speed value of the second sheet in the one feeding device, the other After detecting that the peripheral speed value of the sheet roll supported by the feeding device is accelerated, the second sheet fed from the one feeding device is moved to the second roll of the sheet roll supported by the other feeding device. A method for producing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article, wherein the second sheet is connected.
  15.  請求項10乃至14の何れかに記載の吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法であって、
     前記一方の繰り出し装置から前記他方の繰り出し装置へと前記繰り出し動作を切り替える際には、
     前記一方の繰り出し装置で繰り出される前記第2シートの前記表示要素における所定位置と、前記他方の繰り出し装置に支持された前記シートロールの前記第2シートの前記表示要素において前記所定位置に相当する位置との間の前記搬送方向のずれ量が前記表示要素の前記第2ピッチの±5%以内に収まるように位置合わせしながら、前記一方の繰り出し装置で繰り出された前記第2シートに、前記他方の繰り出し装置に支持された前記シートロールの前記第2シートを接続することを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造方法。
    A method for producing a sheet-like member according to any one of claims 10 to 14,
    When switching the feeding operation from the one feeding device to the other feeding device,
    A position corresponding to the predetermined position in the display element of the second sheet of the sheet roll supported by the other feeding device and a predetermined position of the second sheet fed out by the one feeding device. The second sheet fed by the one feeding device is aligned with the second sheet while the positioning is performed so that the amount of deviation in the conveying direction between the two is within ± 5% of the second pitch of the display element. A method for producing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article, wherein the second sheet of the sheet roll supported by the feeding device is connected.
  16.  連続する第1シートと連続する第2シートとを、互いの連続方向を揃えつつ重ね合わせて固定して吸収性物品に係るシート状部材を製造する装置であって、
     前記第1シートには、前記第1シートの連続方向に前記吸収性物品に対応させて所定の第1ピッチが設定されており、
     前記第2シートの連続方向に当該第2シートが巻き取られてシートロールの状態にされる前に、前記第2シートには、前記連続方向に前記第1ピッチよりも小さい第2ピッチで表示要素が形成されており、
     前記シートロールから前記第2シートを繰り出す繰り出し装置と、
     繰り出されて前記連続方向を搬送方向として搬送される前記第2シートを、前記第1シートの搬送経路の合流位置へ送り出す送り出し装置と、
     前記搬送方向における前記繰り出し装置と前記送り出し装置との間の定位置で回転可能に支持された3本のロールと、
     前記3本のロールに前記第2シートを掛け回した状態で、前記3本のロールのうちの真ん中のロールに対して前記第2シートから付与される力に応じた値を出力する第1のセンサーと、を有し、
     前記繰り出し装置は、前記値に基づいて前記シートロールからの前記第2シートの繰り出し動作を行い、
     前記送り出し装置は、前記第2シートを送り出しながら、前記搬送方向に搬送される前記第2シートの前記表示要素が前記第1ピッチで並ぶように、且つ前記第1ピッチに基づいて定まる前記第1シート上の前記表示要素の配置目標位置に前記表示要素が位置するように、前記第2シートの前記搬送方向の伸長状態を変更することを特徴とする吸収性物品に係るシート状部材の製造装置。
    An apparatus for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article by overlapping and fixing a continuous first sheet and a continuous second sheet while aligning each other's continuous direction,
    In the first sheet, a predetermined first pitch is set in correspondence with the absorbent article in the continuous direction of the first sheet,
    Before the second sheet is wound up in the continuous direction of the second sheet to be in a sheet roll state, the second sheet is displayed at a second pitch smaller than the first pitch in the continuous direction. Elements are formed,
    A feeding device for feeding out the second sheet from the sheet roll;
    A delivery device for delivering the second sheet that is fed out and conveyed with the continuous direction as a conveyance direction, to a joining position of a conveyance path of the first sheet;
    Three rolls rotatably supported at a fixed position between the feeding device and the feeding device in the transport direction;
    In a state where the second sheet is wound around the three rolls, a first value is output according to the force applied from the second sheet to the middle roll of the three rolls. A sensor, and
    The feeding device performs a feeding operation of the second sheet from the sheet roll based on the value,
    The feeding device is configured to determine the first sheet so that the display elements of the second sheet conveyed in the conveying direction are arranged at the first pitch while feeding the second sheet and based on the first pitch. An apparatus for manufacturing a sheet-like member according to an absorbent article, wherein an extension state of the second sheet in the transport direction is changed so that the display element is positioned at a target position of the display element on the sheet .
PCT/JP2016/061063 2015-08-28 2016-04-05 Method and device for manufacturing sheet-shaped member for absorbent article WO2017038147A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201680050450.9A CN107920927B (en) 2015-08-28 2016-04-05 Method and apparatus for manufacturing flat member associated with absorbent commodity
BR112018003452-5A BR112018003452B1 (en) 2015-08-28 2016-04-05 METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANUFACTURING A LEAF-SHAPED MEMBER ASSOCIATED WITH AN ABSORBENT ARTICLE
EA201800123A EA031592B1 (en) 2015-08-28 2016-04-05 Method and device for manufacturing a sheet-shaped member associated with an absorbent article
KR1020187007621A KR101896878B1 (en) 2015-08-28 2016-04-05 Method and apparatus for manufacturing sheet-like member relating to absorbent article
EP16841179.1A EP3342383A4 (en) 2015-08-28 2016-04-05 Method and device for manufacturing sheet-shaped member for absorbent article

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015-168523 2015-08-28
JP2015168523A JP5990633B1 (en) 2015-08-28 2015-08-28 Manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus for sheet-like member according to absorbent article

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017038147A1 true WO2017038147A1 (en) 2017-03-09

Family

ID=56921056

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/061063 WO2017038147A1 (en) 2015-08-28 2016-04-05 Method and device for manufacturing sheet-shaped member for absorbent article

Country Status (7)

Country Link
EP (1) EP3342383A4 (en)
JP (1) JP5990633B1 (en)
KR (1) KR101896878B1 (en)
CN (1) CN107920927B (en)
BR (1) BR112018003452B1 (en)
EA (1) EA031592B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2017038147A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020124483A1 (en) * 2018-12-20 2020-06-25 江苏德邦卫生用品有限公司 Production device for paper diaper with suspended core
US20220240488A1 (en) * 2019-05-20 2022-08-04 Unicharm Corporation Pet diaper and manufacturing method of pet diaper

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH01275357A (en) * 1988-04-26 1989-11-06 Toshiba Corp Winding and rewinding controller of sheet roll
JPH08332520A (en) * 1995-06-05 1996-12-17 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Tension control system in steel process line
JP2007528330A (en) * 2003-03-13 2007-10-11 フアビオ・ペリニ・ソシエタ・ペル・アチオーニ Automatic continuous unwinding device for feeding web-like material from reel
JP2008105808A (en) * 2006-10-25 2008-05-08 Mitsubishi Heavy Ind Ltd Printer and paper splicing method by paper feeder
JP4246020B2 (en) * 2003-09-08 2009-04-02 王子製紙株式会社 Method for manufacturing absorbent article
JP2012224027A (en) * 2011-04-21 2012-11-15 Toyo Seikan Kaisha Ltd Bag making apparatus
JP2014031238A (en) * 2012-08-02 2014-02-20 Sinko Kikai Co Ltd Sheet feeding apparatus

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3280818B2 (en) * 1995-02-28 2002-05-13 三菱電機株式会社 Tension control device
US6444064B1 (en) * 1997-12-19 2002-09-03 Procter & Gamble Company Registration system for phasing simultaneously advancing webs of material having variable pitch lengths
JP5150477B2 (en) * 2008-12-22 2013-02-20 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Absorbent article manufacturing method and absorbent article manufacturing apparatus

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH01275357A (en) * 1988-04-26 1989-11-06 Toshiba Corp Winding and rewinding controller of sheet roll
JPH08332520A (en) * 1995-06-05 1996-12-17 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Tension control system in steel process line
JP2007528330A (en) * 2003-03-13 2007-10-11 フアビオ・ペリニ・ソシエタ・ペル・アチオーニ Automatic continuous unwinding device for feeding web-like material from reel
JP4246020B2 (en) * 2003-09-08 2009-04-02 王子製紙株式会社 Method for manufacturing absorbent article
JP2008105808A (en) * 2006-10-25 2008-05-08 Mitsubishi Heavy Ind Ltd Printer and paper splicing method by paper feeder
JP2012224027A (en) * 2011-04-21 2012-11-15 Toyo Seikan Kaisha Ltd Bag making apparatus
JP2014031238A (en) * 2012-08-02 2014-02-20 Sinko Kikai Co Ltd Sheet feeding apparatus

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3342383A4 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
BR112018003452B1 (en) 2022-08-30
JP2017042468A (en) 2017-03-02
EA031592B1 (en) 2019-01-31
CN107920927B (en) 2019-04-09
EP3342383A1 (en) 2018-07-04
EP3342383A4 (en) 2018-08-29
CN107920927A (en) 2018-04-17
BR112018003452A2 (en) 2018-09-25
KR101896878B1 (en) 2018-09-07
KR20180031076A (en) 2018-03-27
EA201800123A1 (en) 2018-10-31
JP5990633B1 (en) 2016-09-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1150635B1 (en) Processes and apparatus for making disposable absorbent articles
RU2316300C2 (en) Method and apparatus for manufacture of disposable absorption articles
JP4246020B2 (en) Method for manufacturing absorbent article
JP5990633B1 (en) Manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus for sheet-like member according to absorbent article
US20190125591A1 (en) Method and apparatus for manufacturing sheet-like member associated with absorbent article
US10064760B2 (en) Manufacturing apparatus and manufacturing method for manufacturing absorbent article
US10265220B2 (en) Manufacturing apparatus and manufacturing method for manufacturing composite sheet associated with absorbent article
EP3473219B1 (en) Method and device for manufacturing sheet member for absorbent article
CN108882995B (en) Method and apparatus for manufacturing a package of absorbent articles
JP2017222508A (en) Production method and production device of sheet-like member related to absorbent article
JP5994031B1 (en) Manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus for sheet-like member according to absorbent article
WO2017002173A1 (en) Sheet-affixing method and sheet-affixing device
EP3424853B1 (en) Material splicing method, and material supply device
EP3476376A1 (en) Method and device for manufacturing sheet-like member of absorbent article
JP5198244B2 (en) Method and apparatus for controlling member conveyance path
WO2017002171A1 (en) Method for controlling transport of continuous sheet, and cutting device
JPWO2017002172A1 (en) Seat fixing method and sheet fixing device
JP2009153623A (en) Method for producing compound sheet

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16841179

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201800123

Country of ref document: EA

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20187007621

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112018003452

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112018003452

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20180222